ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (168)
  • 2020-2024  (126)
  • 1950-1954  (42)
  • AWI Library  (168)
Collection
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    London : H.M.Stat.Off.
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-164-9
    In: Scientific reports
    Description / Table of Contents: Previous conclusions concerning eustatic movements in the Falkland Islands are reviewed. New evidence of 6 metre (18-10 ft.) early Recent raised beaches at Yorke Bay, Port William, and Shell Point, Fitzroy, East Falkland Island, is given. Sub-fossils from the shell limestone beach deposits are listed and discussed in relation to climatic changes since the time of uplift.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 8 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Scientific reports / Falkland Islands Dependencies Survey 9
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Geest & Portig
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A15-97-0056c
    In: Vorlesungen über theoretische Physik
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 374 S.
    Edition: 2., unveränd. Aufl.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Brockhaus
    Call number: AWI E2-84-0770
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 407 S. : Abb., Fototaf., 2 Ktn. ; 21 cm
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Groningen : Noordhoff
    Call number: AWI A9-96-0030
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 189 S.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Düsseldorf : Progress-Verlag
    Call number: AWI E1-86-0878
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 207 S.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Geest & Portig
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A15-97-0056a
    In: Vorlesungen über theoretische Physik
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 276 S.
    Edition: 5., unveränd. Aufl.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Geest & Portig
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A15-97-0056b
    In: Vorlesungen über theoretische Physik
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 371 S.
    Edition: 3., unveränd. Aufl.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Call number: AWI S1-97-0058
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VI, 804 S.
    Edition: 2. ed. repr.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: AWI Bio-95-0113-2
    In: Die Diatomeen von Schweden und Finnland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 158, [35] S. : Ill.
    Series Statement: Kungliga Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens handlingar : Fjärde serien 4, 1
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Wiesbaden : Dieterich'sche Verlagsbuchh.
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A15-97-0056e
    In: Vorlesungen über theoretische Physik
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 374 S.
    Edition: 1. Aufl.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Call number: ZSP-201-10
    In: SIPRE report, 10
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 97 Seiten
    Series Statement: SIPRE report 10
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword Synopsis Introduction Authority Purpose and scope SIPRE organization and activities Cryological problems and military end points Present state of knowledge General Introduction Terminology and classification Snow and ice Introduction Physical properties and geometry Density and water equivalent Water holding or storage capacity of snow Water transmission through snow Bound water Crystallography and metamorphism Porosity and permeability Mechanical properties Elasto-plastic properties Friction Strength Hardness Electromagnetic properties Dielectric constants Conductivity Magnetic properties Piezoelectric and pyroelectric effects Triboelectricity Freezing potential Thermodynamic properties Thermal properties Radiation Phase relations Engineering problems Snow and ice removal Snow compaction Snow draft control Trafficability Temporary structures Snow melt and runoff Maps Frozen ground and permafrost Introduction Frost action Theory of frost action Cyclic freezing and thawing Manifestations of frost actions Frost heave on freezing Reduction in load-carrying capacity on thawing Soil movements on slopes Ground properties affecting or affected by frost action Composition, grain size, and grain-size distribution Soil-moisture-movement properties Thermal properties Structure of unfrozen ground Structure of frozen ground Strength of frozen ground Freezing point Ground conditions affecting or affected by frost action Density Degree of saturation Interrelation of climate, position, vegetation, and soil Frost phenomena Climate Position Vegetation Engineering problems Excavation and replacement Subsurface drainage Base courses Insulation courses Surface icing and its control Trafficability Building foundations Maps Current related research Introduction Military cryological research in United States and Canada Non-military cryological research in the Western World Research needed Introduction Subjects for fundamental research Subjects for applied research
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Wilmette, Ill. : Snow, Ice and Permafrost Research Establishment
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-11
    In: SIPRE report, 11
    Description / Table of Contents: A commercial deep-freeze unit was modified to serve as a laboratory for growing single crystals, cutting specimens of a given orientation, testing these specimens in compressive creep, and studying thin-sections of the results on a universal stage. A method of growing single crystals of adequate size was developed by adapting the Bridgman method. Fortyone creep tests were made at temperatures ranging from -1° to -18°C. These gave an unexpected form of creep-curve in which the rate of strain continuously increases with time. The mechanism of deformation is dominantly basal translation—consistent with earlier work. The dependence on temperature and stress is expressed empirically.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 24 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: SIPRE report 11
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Introduction Use of the deep-freeze as a cold laboratory Growing single crystals Creep tests Conclusions References cited
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Wien ; Stuttgart : Humboldt-Verl.
    Call number: AWI S5-92-0346
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 517 S. ; 8
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Call number: 7615 ; AWI S1-97-0042
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 471 S. : graph. Darst.
    Edition: 2., verb. Aufl.
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Associated volumes
    Call number: O 2398/3.1 ; AWI S1-97-0060c
    In: Lehrgang der höheren Mathematik
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VII, 283 S.
    Series Statement: Hochschulbücher für Mathematik 3
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Geest & Portig
    Associated volumes
    Call number: O 2026(23) ; 2219 ; AWI S1-97-0055
    In: Mathematik und ihre Anwendungen in Physik und Technik
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 294 S. : graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Mathematik und ihre Anwendung in Physik und Technik : Reihe A 23
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Stuttgart : Wissenschaftl. Verl.-Ges.
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI E1-15-0013
    In: Große Naturforscher
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt: Ziel und Tat. - Jugend und Entfaltung. - Erste Reise (26.VIII. 1768 - 12.VII.1771). - Zweite Reise (21. VI.1772 - 30. VII.1775). - Dritte Reise (24.VI. 1776 - 14.II.1779). - Charakter. - Zeitbedingte Erschwerungen. - Ergebnisse. - Schrittum.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 141 S. : Ill., Kt.
    Series Statement: Große Naturforscher 9
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: ZSP-598-75
    In: Meddelelser
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: S. 240 - 249. : graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser / Norsk Polarinstitutt 75
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Call number: ZSP-598-74
    In: Meddelelser
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 33 S. : Kt.
    Series Statement: Meddelelser / Norsk Polarinstitutt 74
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Oslo : Univ. Press [in Komm.]
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-597-105
    In: Skrifter
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 34 S.
    Series Statement: Skrifter / Norsk Polarinstitutt 105
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Call number: ZSP-597-97a ; ZSP-597-97b
    In: Skrifter
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: div. S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Skrifter / Norsk Polarinstitutt 97
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A5-98-0100-2
    In: Linkes meteorologisches Taschenbuch
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 427 S. : graph. Darst.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leningrad : Gosudarstvennoe Izdatel'stvo Vodnogo Transporta
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI E2-13-0067-3
    In: Materialy nabljudenij naučno-issledovatel'skoj drejfujuščej stancii 1950/51 goda, Tom 3
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 516 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Ėkz. 112
    Language: Russian
    Note: Содержание = Soderžanie = Inhalt: Предисловие = Predislovie = Vorwort. - Аэрометеорология = Aėrometeorologija = Aerometeorologie. - Метеорологические наблюдения приложение (таблицы) = Meteorologičeskie nabljudenija priloženie (Tablicy) = Anwendung meteorologischer Beobachtungen (Tabellen) / К. И. Чуканин = K. I. Čukanin. - Аэрологические наблюдения приложение (таблицы) = Aėrologičeskie nabljudenija priloženie (Tablicy) = Anwendung für Beobachtungen aus der Luft (Tabellen) / В. Г. Канаки, В. Е. Благодаров = V. G. Kanaki, V. E. Blagodarov. - Наблюдения над ветром по демпферному флюгеру приложение (таблицы) = Nabljudenija nad vetrom po dempfernomu fljugeru priloženie (Tablicy) = Beobachtungen über den Wind bei Dämpfer-Windfahnen (Tabellen) / М. М. Никитин = M. M. Nikitin. , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Call number: K-11-0058
    Pages: 1 Kt. in 14 Bl. : mehrfarb.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Gotha [u.a.] : Haack
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A3-13-0006
    In: Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen. Ergänzungsheft
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhaltsübersicht: Vorwort. - Einleitung. - I. Klimaklassifikation. - II. Teilklassifikationen. - III. Betrachtung des Gesamtproblems. - IV. Vergleich einiger Klassifikationen. - Zusammenfassung. - Literaturverzeichnis
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VII, 78 S. : graph. Darst. + 10 Kt
    Edition: 2. Aufl.
    Series Statement: Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen : Ergänzungsheft 249
    Language: German
    Note: INHALTSÜBERSICHT: Vorwort. - EINLEITUNG. - I. KLIMAKLASSIFIKATIONEN. - 1. Großräumige Einteilungen. - 2. Einteilungen in Pflanzenreiche. - 3. Klassifikationen nach natürlichen Landschaften. - 4. Klassifikationen nach wirtschaftsgeographischen Gesichtspunkten. - 5. Klassifikationen nach hydrologischen Gesichtspunkten. - 6. Klassifikationen ohne schärfere Abgrenzung. - 7. Klassifikationen auf Grund der Beziehungen zwischen Klima und Pflanzenleben. - 8. Klassifikationen auf Grund eines Index. - 9. Klassifikationen auf Grund von Abgrenzungen durch meteorologische Schwellenwerte (z. T. unter Verwendung besonderer Indices). - 10. Klassifikation auf Grund von Luftmassen. - 11. Einteilungen der Windsysteme der Erde. - 12. Klimagramme. - 13. Graphische Methoden. - 14. Klassifikationsvorschläge nach biologischen und morphologisch-geologischen Gesichtspunkten. - 15. Reine Klimabeschreibungen. - II. TEILKLASSIFIKATIONEN. - 1. Abgrenzung einzelner Klimate. - (1) Allgemein. - (2) Kontinentalität und Ozeanität. - α) Nach Temperaturwerten. - β) Nach Niederschlagswerten. - γ) Nach verschiedenartigen Werten. - δ) Nach Luftkörpern. - (3) Trockengrenzen. - (4) Tropen. - (5) Gebirge. - (6) Geographisch benannte Klimate. - (7) Baumklimate. - (8) Agrarklimate. - 2. Klassifikationen von Teilen der Erdoberfläche. - 3. Ermittlung bestimmter für die Klassifikationen wesentlicher Klimagrößen. - (1) Verdunstung. - (2) Reduzierte Regenmengen. - (3) Relative Temperaturen. - (4) Effektiver Niederschlag und aktive Temperatur. - (5) Jahresgangzahlen. - III. BETRACHTUNG DES GESAMTPROBLEMS. - 1. Begriffsbestimmungen. - (1) Verschiedene Stellungnahmen. - (2) Zusammenfassender Vorschlag. - (3) Betrachtung einzelner Klassifikationen hinsichtlich der gewählten Begriffe. - 2. Grundlagen für die Benennung der Klimate. - 3. Zur Methodik der Klassifikation. - (1) Allgemein. - α) Verschiedene Stellungnahmen. - β) Welche Klimate sollen klassifiziert werden?. - γ) Wie soll die Klassifikation erfolgen?. - (2) Die einzelnen Klassifikationselemente. - (3) Einzelwerte und Mittelwerte. - IV. VERGLEICH EINIGER KLASSIFIKATIONEN. - 1. Verschiedene Stellungnahmen. - 2. Vergleich mittels kartenmäßiger Darstellungen. - ZUSAMMENFASSUNG. - LITERATURVERZEICHNIS. - Verzeichnis der Räume mit kartierten Klimaten. - ZEHN KLIMAKARTEN VON EUROPA (BEILAGE):1. nach Supan (1916). - 2. nach Hettner (1930). - 3. nach Köppen-Geiger (1928). - 4. nach Philippson (1933). - 5. nach Philippson (1933). - 6. nach v. Wißmann (1939). - 7. nach Blair (1949). - 8. nach Gorczyński (1945). - 9. nach Thornthwaite (1933). - 10. nach Creutzburg (1950).
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    London : H.M.Stat.Off.
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-164-1
    In: Scientific reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 12 S., 3 Bl. : Ill., Kt.
    Series Statement: Scientific reports / Falkland Islands Dependencies Survey 1
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Call number: AWI G7-98-0366
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 10 S. + Appendices ; 30 cm
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Karlsruhe : Braun
    Call number: AWI A7-94-0336
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 483 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Edition: 2., unveränd. Aufl.
    Series Statement: Wissenschaftliche Bücherei
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: Einleitung. - TEIL A. GRUNDGESETZE DER STRÖMUNGEN EINE ZÄHEN FLÜSSIGKEIT. - 1. Einige Grundzüge der Flüssigkeitsströmungen mit Reibung. - 2. Grundzüge der Grenzschicht-Theorie. - 3. Aufstellung der Bewegungsgleichungen einer kompressiblen zähen Flüssigkeit (Navier-Stokessche Gleichungen). - 4. Allgemeine Eigenschaften der Navier-Stokesschen Gleichungen. - 5. Exakte Lösungen der Navier-Stokesschen Gleichungen. - 6. Schleichende Bewegungen. - TEIL B. LAMINARE GRENZSCHICHTEN. - 7. Die Grenzschichtgleichungen der ebenen Strömung; Plattengrenzschicht. - 8. Allgemeine Eigenschaften der Grenzschichtgleichungen. - 9. Exakte Lösungen der stationären Grenzschichtgleichungen für das ebene Problem. - 10. Rotationssymmetrische und dreidimensionale Grenzschichten. - 11. Instationäre Grenzschichten. - 12. Näherungsverfahren zur Lösung der Grenzschichtgleichungen. - 13. Grenzschichtbeeinflussung. - 14. Temperaturgrenzschichten in laminarer Strömung. - 15. Grenzschichten in kompressibler Strömung. - TEIL C. DER UMSCHLAG LAMINAR-TURBULENT. - 16. Entstehung der Turbulenz I. - 17. Entstehung der Turbulenz II. - TEIL D. TURBULENTE GRENZSCHICHTEN. - 18. Grundzüge der turbulenten Strömungen. - 19. Theoretische Ansätze für die Berechnung turbulenter Strömungen. - 20. Turbulente Rohrströmung. - 21. Der Reibungswiderstand der längsangeströmten ebenen Platte; rotierende Scheiben. - 22. Die turbulente Reibungsschicht mit Druckabfall und Druckanstieg. - 23. Freie Turbulenz. - 24. Ermittlung des Profilwiderstandes. - Literatur. - Namenverzeichnis. - Sachverzeichnis.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin ; Göttingen ; [u.a.] : Springer
    Call number: AWI G8-95-0268
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 795 S. : Abb. ; 26 cm
    Series Statement: Landolt-Börnstein III
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Call number: AWI A5-97-0059 ; MOP 17854
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IX, 1334 S.
    Edition: 2nd print.
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: COMPOSITION OF THE ATMOSPHERE. - The Composition of Atmospheric Air / by E. Glueckauf. - RADIATION. - Solar Radiant Energy and Its Modification by the Earth and Its Atmosphere / by Sigmund Fritz. - Long-Wave Radiation / by Fritz Möller. - Actinometric Measurements / by Anders Ångström. - METEOROLOGICAL OPTICS - General Meteorological Optics / by Hans Neuberger. - Polarization of Skylight / by Zdeněk Sekera. - Visibility in Meteorology / by W. E. Knowles Middleton. - ATMOSPHERIC ELECTRICITY. - Universal Aspects of Atmospheric Electricity / by O. H. Gish. - Ions in the Atmosphere / by G. R. Wait and W. D. Parkinson. - Precipitation Electricity / by Ross Gunn. - The Lightning Discharge / by J. H. Hagenguth. - Instruments and Methods for the Measurement of Atmospheric Electricity / by H. Israël. - Radioactivity of the Atmosphere / by H. Israël. - CLOUD PHYSICS. - On the Physics of Clouds and Precipitation / by Henry G. Houghton. - Nuclei of Atmospheric Condensation / by Christian Junge. - The Physics of Ice Clouds and Mixed Clouds / by F. H. Ludlam. - Thermodynamics of Clouds / by Fritz Möller. - The Formation of Ice Crystals / by Ukichiro Nakaya. - Snow and Its Relationship to Experimental Meteorology / by Vincent J. Schaefer. - Relation of Artificial Cloud-Modification to the Production of Precipitation / by Richard D. Coons and Ross Gunn. - THE UPPER ATMOSPHERE. - General Aspects of Upper Atmospheric Physics / by S. K. Mitra. - Photochemical Processes in the Upper Atmosphere and Resultant Composition / by Sidney Chapman. - Ozone in the Atmosphere by F. W. Paul Götz. - Radiative Temperature Changes in the Ozone Layer / by Richard A. Craig. - Temperatures and Pressures in the Upper Atmosphere / by Homer E. Newell, Jr. - Water Vapour in the Upper Air / by G. M. B. Dobson and A. W. Brewer. - Diffusion in the Upper Atmosphere / by Heinz Lettau. - The Ionosphere / by S. L. Seaton. - Night-Sky Radiations from the Upper Atmosphere / by E. O. Hulburt. - Aurorae and Magnetic Storms / by L. Harang. - Meteors as Probes of the Upper Atmosphere / by Fred L. Whipple. - Sound Propagation in the Atmosphere / by B. Gutenberg. - COSMICAL METEOROLOGY. - Solar Energy Variations As a Possible Cause of Anomalous Weather Changes / by Richard A. Craig and H. C. Willett. - The Atmospheres of the Other Planets / by S. L. Hess and H. A. Panofsky. - DYNAMICS OF THE ATMOSPHERE. - The Perturbation Equations in Meteorology / by B. Haurwitz. - The Solution of Nonlinear Meteorological Problems by the Method of Characteristics / by John C. Freeman. - Hydrodynamic Instability / by Jacques M. Van Mieghem. - Stability Properties of Large-Scale Atmospheric Disturbances / by R. Fjørtoft. - The Quantitative Theory of Cyclone Development / by E. T. Eady. - Dynamic Forecasting by Numerical Process / by J. G. Charney. - Energy Equations / by James E. Miller. - Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion / by O. G. Sutton. - Atmospheric Tides and Oscillations / by Sydney Chapman. - Application of the Thermodynamics of Open Systems to Meteorology / by Jacques M. Van Mieghem. - THE GENERAL CIRCULATION. - The Physical Basis for the General Circulation / by Victor P. Starr. - Observational Studies of General Circulation Patterns / by Jerome Namias and Philip F. Clapp. - Applications of Energy Principles to the General Circulation / by Victor P. Starr. - MECHANICS OF PRESSURE SYSTEMS. - Extratropical Cyclones / by J. Bjerknes. - The Aerology of Extratropical Disturbances / by E. Palmén. - Anticyclones / by H. Wexler. - Mechanism of Pressure Change / by James M. Austin. - Large-Scale Vertical Velocity and Divergence / by H. A. Panofsky. - The Instability Line / by J. R. Fulks. - LOCAL CIRCULATIONS. - Local Winds / by Friedrich Defant. - Tornadoes and Related Phenomena / by Edward M. Brooks. - Thunderstorms / by Horace R. Byers. - Cumulus Convection and Entrainment / by James M. Austin. - OBSERVATIONS AND ANALYSIS. - World Weather Network / by Athelstan F. Spilhaus. - Models and Techniques of Synoptic Representation / by John C. Bellamy. - Meteorological Analysis in the Middle Latitudes / by V. J. Oliver and M. B. Oliver. - WEATHER FORECASTING. - The Forecast Problem / by H. C. Willett. - Short-Range Weather Forecasting / by Gordon E. Dunn. - A Procedure of Short-Range Weather Forecasting / by Robert C. Bundgaard. - Objective Weather Forecasting / by R. A. Allen and E. M. Vernon. - General Aspects of Extended-Range Forecasting / by Jerome Namias. - Extended-Range Weather Forecasting / by Franz Baur. - Extended-Range Forecasting by Weather Types / by Robert D. Elliott. - Verification of Weather Forecasts / by Glenn W. Brier and Roger A. Allen. - Application of Statistical Methods to Weather Forecasting / by George P. Wadsworth. - TROPICAL METEOROLOGY. - Tropical Meteorology / by C. E. Palmer. - Equatorial Meteorology / by A. Grimes. - Tropical Cyclones / by Gordon E. Dunn. - Aerology of Tropical Storms / by Herbert Riehl. - POLAR METEOROLOGY. - Antarctic Atmospheric Circulation / by Arnold Court. - Arctic Meteorology / by Herbert G. Dorsey, Jr. - Some Climatological Problems of the Arctic and Sub-Arctic / by F. Kenneth Hare. - CLIMATOLOGY. - Climate - The Synthesis of Weather / by C. S. Durst. - Applied Climatology / by Helmut E. Landsberg and Woodrow C. Jacobs. - Microclimatology / by Rudolf Geiger. - Geological and Historical Aspects of Climatic Change / by C. E. P. Brooks. - Climatic Implications of Glacier Research / by Richard Foster Flint. - Tree-Ring Indices of Rainfall, Temperature, and River Flow / by Edmund Schulman. - HYDROMETEOROLOGY. - Hydrometeorology in the United States / by Robert D. Fletcher. - The Hydrologic Cycle and Its Relation to Meteorology - River Forecasting / by Ray K. Linsley. - MARINE METEOROLOGY. - Large-Scale Aspects of Energy Transformation over the Oceans / by Woodrow C. Jacobs. - Evaporation from the Oceans / by H. U. Sverdrup. - Forecasting Ocean Waves / by W. H. Munk and R. S. Arthur. - Ocean Waves as a Meteorological Tool / by W. H. Munk. - BIOLOGICAL AND CHEMICAL METEOROLOGY. - Aerobiology / by Woodrow C. Jacobs. - Physical Aspects of Human Bioclimatology / by Konrad J. K. Buettner. - Some Problems of Atmospheric Chemistry / by H. Cauer. - ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTION. - Atmospheric Pollution / by E. Wendell Hewson. - CLOUDS, FOG, AND AIRCRAFT ICING. - The Classification of Cloud Forms / by Wallace E. Howell. - The Use of Clouds in Forecasting / by Charles F. Brooks. - Fog / by Joseph J. George. - Physical and Operational Aspects of Aircraft Icing / by Lewis A. Rodert. - Meteorological Aspects of Aircraft Icing / by William Lewis. - METEOROLOGICAL INSTRUMENTS. - Instruments and Techniques for Meteorological Measurements / by Michael Ference, Jr. - Aircraft Meteorological Instruments / by Alan C. Bemis. - LABORATORY INVESTIGATIONS. - Experimental Analogies to Atmospheric Motions / by Dave Fultz. - Model Techniques in Meteorological Research / by Hunter Rouse. - Experimental Cloud Formation / by Sir David Brunt. - RADIOMETEOROLOGY. - Radar Storm Observation / by Myron G. H. Ligda. - Theory and Observation of Radar Storm Detection / by Raymond Wexler. - Meteorological Aspects of Propagation Problems / by H. G. Booker. - Sferics / by R. C. Wanta. - MICROSEISMS. - Observations and Theory of Microseisms / by B. Gutenberg. - Practical Application of Microseisms to Forecasting / by James B. Macelwane, S. J. CORRIGENDA. - INDEX.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: MOP - must be ordered
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Brockhaus
    Call number: AWI E3-84-0775
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 191 S. : mit 54 Handzeichn. ; 23 cm
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Bibliogr. Inst.
    Call number: AWI E4-14-0052
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt: Vorwort. - 1. Lomonossow und die erste russische Expedition zur Entdeckung einer nordöstlichen Durchfahrt. - 2. Die ersten russischen Auslandsreisen. - 3. Die ersten Russen in England. - 4. Die ersten russischen Nachrichten über Amerika. - 5. Die frühesten Nachrichten über den äußersten Norden von Sibirien. - 6. Die Entdeckung der Beringstraße durch Semen Deshnew (1648). - 7. S. P. Krascheninnikows Reisen durch Kamtschatka (1737-1741). - 8. Die ersten russischen Weltreisenden. - 9. Die russischen Entdeckungen im Stillen Ozean. - 10. Die russischen Entdeckungen in der Antarktis. - 11. A. I. Butakow, der Erforscher des Aralsees. - 12. Die Forschungen Miklucho-Maklais in Neuguinea. - 13. A. I. Wojeikow. - 14. W. L. Komarows Reisen auf Kamtschatka. - 15. Die ersten russischen Karten des Kaspischen Meeres und ihr Zusammenhang mit den Schwankungen des Meeresspiegels. - 16. Iwan Kirilows Atlas des ganzen Russischen Reiches. - 17. P. A. Slowzow und das Baersche Gesetz. - 18. Atlantis und Ägäis. - 19. Peter Petrowitsch Semjonow-Tjanschanski als Geograph. - 20. N. M. Prshewalski als Reisender. - 21. W. W. Dokutschajew und die Lehre von den geographischen Zonen. - 22. Die Bedeutung der Arbeiten W. I. Wernadskis für die Geographie. - 23. Dmitri Nikolajewitsch Anutschin. - 24. Über die geographischen Forschungen an der Akademie der Wissenschaften der UdSSR. - 25. Die geographischen Entdeckungen der Sowjetzeit. - Verzeichnis der Personennamen. - Verzeichnis der Völkernamen.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 283 S. : Ill., Kt.
    Uniform Title: Očerki po istorii Russkich geografičeskich otkrytij
    Language: German
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI Bio-95-0113-5
    In: Die Diatomeen von Schweden und Finnland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 153, [46] S. : Ill.
    Series Statement: Kungliga Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens handlingar : Fjärde serien 3, 3
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI Bio-95-0113-1
    In: Die Diatomeen von Schweden und Finnland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 162, [57] S. : Ill.
    Series Statement: Kungliga Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens handlingar : Fjärde serien 2, 1
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Call number: AWI Bio-95-0113-3
    In: Die Diatomeen von Schweden und Finnland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 254, [41] S. : Ill.
    Series Statement: Kungliga Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens handlingar : Fjärde serien 4, 5
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    facet.materialart.
    Unknown
    Jena : G. Fischer
    Call number: Bio-05-0015
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Geest & Portig
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A15-97-0056f
    In: Vorlesungen über theoretische Physik
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 332 S.
    Edition: 3., unveränd. Aufl.
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Weimar : Kiepenheuer
    Call number: AWI E1-15-0021
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Das Nest des Seeadlers. - 2. Lehrzeit auf See. - 3. Erste Überwinterung in der Antarktis. - 4. Die Nord-West-Passage. - 5. Der Südpol. - 6. Trübe Zeit. - 7. Forschertaten, die mehr oder weniger Fehlschläge bedeuteten. - 8. Der bittere Kelch wird bis zur Neige geleert. - 9. Den Größten ebenbürtig. - 10. Der Sarg aus Kristall.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 385 S. : Ill., Kt.
    Uniform Title: Pôles
    Language: German
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Gotha : Perthes
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A3-17-90407
    In: Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen : Ergänzungsheft ; 249
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VII, 78 S. , graph. Darst. , 10 Kt.
    Series Statement: Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen 249
    Language: German
    Note: INHALTSÜBERSICHT: Vorwort. - EINLEITUNG. - I. KLIMAKLASSIFIKATIONEN. - 1. Großräumige Einteilungen. - 2. Einteilungen in Pflanzenreiche. - 3. Klassifikationen nach natürlichen Landschaften. - 4. Klassifikationen nach wirtschaftsgeographischen Gesichtspunkten. - 5. Klassifikationen nach hydrologischen Gesichtspunkten. - 6. Klassifikationen ohne schärfere Abgrenzung. - 7. Klassifikationen auf Grund der Beziehungen zwischen Klima und Pflanzenleben. - 8. Klassifikationen auf Grund eines Index. - 9. Klassifikationen auf Grund von Abgrenzungen durch meteorologische Schwellenwerte (z. T. unter Verwendung besonderer Indices). - 10. Klassifikation auf Grund von Luftmassen. - 11. Einteilungen der Windsysteme der Erde. - 12. Klimagramme. - 13. Graphische Methoden. - 14. Klassifikationsvorschläge nach biologischen und morphologisch-geologischen Gesichtspunkten. - 15. Reine Klimabeschreibungen. - II. TEILKLASSIFIKATIONEN. - 1. Abgrenzung einzelner Klimate. - (1) Allgemein. - (2) Kontinentalität und Ozeanität. - α) Nach Temperaturwerten. - β) Nach Niederschlagswerten. - γ) Nach verschiedenartigen Werten. - δ) Nach Luftkörpern. - (3) Trockengrenzen. - (4) Tropen. - (5) Gebirge. - (6) Geographisch benannte Klimate. - (7) Baumklimate. - (8) Agrarklimate. - 2. Klassifikationen von Teilen der Erdoberfläche. - 3. Ermittlung bestimmter für die Klassifikationen wesentlicher Klimagrößen. - (1) Verdunstung. - (2) Reduzierte Regenmengen. - (3) Relative Temperaturen. - (4) Effektiver Niederschlag und aktive Temperatur. - (5) Jahresgangzahlen. - III. BETRACHTUNG DES GESAMTPROBLEMS. - 1. Begriffsbestimmungen. - (1) Verschiedene Stellungnahmen. - (2) Zusammenfassender Vorschlag. - (3) Betrachtung einzelner Klassifikationen hinsichtlich der gewählten Begriffe. - 2. Grundlagen für die Benennung der Klimate. - 3. Zur Methodik der Klassifikation. - (1) Allgemein. - α) Verschiedene Stellungnahmen. - β) Welche Klimate sollen klassifiziert werden?. - γ) Wie soll die Klassifikation erfolgen?. - (2) Die einzelnen Klassifikationselemente. - (3) Einzelwerte und Mittelwerte. - IV. VERGLEICH EINIGER KLASSIFIKATIONEN. - 1. Verschiedene Stellungnahmen. - 2. Vergleich mittels kartenmäßiger Darstellungen. - ZUSAMMENFASSUNG. - LITERATURVERZEICHNIS. - Verzeichnis der Räume mit kartierten Klimaten. - ZEHN KLIMAKARTEN VON EUROPA (BEILAGE):1. nach Supan (1916). - 2. nach Hettner (1930). - 3. nach Köppen-Geiger (1928). - 4. nach Philippson (1933). - 5. nach Philippson (1933). - 6. nach v. Wißmann (1939). - 7. nach Blair (1949). - 8. nach Gorczyński (1945). - 9. nach Thornthwaite (1933). - 10. nach Creutzburg (1950).
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434-2
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 2
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 218 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,2
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,1
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93985
    Description / Table of Contents: Der zentralasiatische Naturraum, wie er sich uns heute präsentiert, ist das Ergebnis eines Zusammenwirkens vieler verschiedener Faktoren über Jahrmillionen hinweg. Im aktuellen Kontext des Klimawandels zeigt sich jedoch, wie stark sich Stoffflüsse auch kurzfristig ändern und dabei das Gesicht der Landschaft verwandeln können. Die Gobi-Wüste in der Inneren Mongolei (China), als Teil der gleichnamigen Trockenregionen Nordwestchinas, ist aufgrund der Ausgestaltung ihrer landschaftsprägenden Elemente sowie ihrer Landschaftsdynamik, im Zusammenhang mit der Lage zum Tibet-Plateau, in den Fokus der klimageschichtlichen Grundlagenforschung gerückt. Als großes Langzeitarchiv unterschiedlichster fluvialer, lakustriner und äolischer Sedimente stellt sie eine bedeutende Lokalität zur Rekonstruktion von lokalen und regionalen Stoffflüssen dar.. Andererseits ist die Gobi-Wüste zugleich auch eine bedeutende Quelle für den überregionalen Staubtransport, da sie aufgrund der klimatischen Bedingungen insbesondere der Erosion durch Ausblasung preisgegeben wird. Vor diesem Hintergrund erfolgten zwischen 2011 und 2014, im Rahmen des BMBF-Verbundprogramms WTZ Zentralasien – Monsundynamik & Geoökosysteme (Förderkennzeichen 03G0814), mehrere deutsch-chinesische Expeditionen in das Ejina-Becken (Innere Mongolei) und das Qilian Shan-Vorland. Im Zuge dieser Expeditionen wurden für eine Bestimmung potenzieller Sedimentquellen erstmals zahlreiche Oberflächenproben aus dem gesamten Einzugsgebiet des Heihe (schwarzer Fluss) gesammelt. Zudem wurden mit zwei Bohrungen im inneren des Ejina-Beckens, ergänzende Sedimentbohrkerne zum bestehenden Bohrkern D100 (siehe Wünnemann (2005)) abgeteuft, um weit reichende, ergänzende Informationen zur Landschaftsgeschichte und zum überregionalen Sedimenttransfer zu erhalten. Gegenstand und Ziel der vorliegenden Doktorarbeit ist die sedimentologisch-mineralogische Charakterisierung des Untersuchungsgebietes in Bezug auf potenzielle Sedimentquellen und Stoffflüsse des Ejina-Beckens sowie die Rekonstruktion der Ablagerungsgeschichte eines dort erbohrten, 19m langen Sedimentbohrkerns (GN100). Schwerpunkt ist hierbei die Klärung der Sedimentherkunft innerhalb des Bohrkerns sowie die Ausweisung von Herkunftssignalen und möglichen Sedimentquellen bzw. Sedimenttransportpfaden. Die methodische Herangehensweise basiert auf einem Multi-Proxy-Ansatz zur Charakterisierung der klastischen Sedimentfazies anhand von Geländebeobachtungen, lithologisch-granulometrischen und mineralogisch-geochemischen Analysen sowie statistischen Verfahren. Für die mineralogischen Untersuchungen der Sedimente wurde eine neue, rasterelektronenmikroskopische Methode zur automatisierten Partikelanalyse genutzt und den traditionellen Methoden gegenübergestellt. Die synoptische Betrachtung der granulometrischen, geochemischen und mineralogischen Befunde der Oberflächensedimente ergibt für das Untersuchungsgebiet ein logisches Kaskadenmodell mit immer wiederkehrenden Prozessbereichen und ähnlichen Prozesssignalen. Die umfangreichen granulometrischen Analysen deuten dabei auf abnehmende Korngrößen mit zunehmender Entfernung vom Qilian Shan hin und ermöglichen die Identifizierung von vier texturellen Signalen: den fluvialen Sanden, den Dünensanden, den Stillwassersedimenten und Stäuben. Diese Ergebnisse können als Interpretationsgrundlage für die Korngrößenanalysen des Bohrkerns genutzt werden. Somit ist es möglich, die Ablagerungsgeschichte der Bohrkernsedimente zu rekonstruieren und in Verbindung mit eigenen und literaturbasierten Datierungen in einen Gesamtkontext einzuhängen. Für das Untersuchungsgebiet werden somit vier Ablagerungsphasen ausgewiesen, die bis in die Zeit des letzten glazialen Maximums (LGM) zurückreichen. Während dieser Ablagerungsphasen kam es im Zuge unterschiedlicher Aktivitäts- und Stabilitätsphasen zu einer kontinuierlichen Progradation und Überprägung des Schwemmfächers. Eine besonders aktive Phase kann zwischen 8 ka und 4 ka BP festgestellt werden, während der es aufgrund zunehmender fluvialer Aktivitäten zu einer deutlich verstärkten Schwemmfächerdynamik gekommen zu sein scheint. In den Abschnitten davor und danach waren es vor allem äolische Prozesse, die zu einer Überprägung des Schwemmfächers geführt haben. Hinsichtlich der mineralogischen Herkunftssignale gibt es eine große Variabilität. Dies spiegelt die enorme Heterogenität der Geologie des Untersuchungsgebietes wider, wodurch die räumlichen Signale nicht sehr stark ausgeprägt sind. Dennoch, können für das Einzugsgebiet drei größere Bereiche deklariert werden, die als Herkunftsgebiet in Frage kommen. Das östliche Qilian Shan Vorland zeichnet sich dabei durch deutlich höhere Chloritgehalte als primäre Quelle für die Sedimente im Ejina-Becken aus. Sie unterscheiden sich insbesondere durch stark divergierende Chloritgehalte in der Tonmineral- und Gesamtmineralfraktion, was das östliche Qilian Shan Vorland als primäre Quelle für die Sedimente im Ejina-Becken auszeichnet. Dies steht in Zusammenhang mit den Grünschiefern, Ophioliten und Serpentiniten in diesem Bereich. Geochemisch deutet vor allem das Cr/Rb-Verhältnis eine große Variabilität innerhalb des Einzugsgebietes an. Auch hier ist es das östliche Vorland, welches aufgrund seines hohen Anteils an mafischen Gesteinen reich an Chromiten und Spinellen ist und sich somit vom restlichen Untersuchungsgebiet abhebt. Die zeitliche aber auch die generelle Variabilität der Sedimentherkunft lässt sich in den Bohrkernsedimenten nicht so deutlich nachzeichnen. Die mineralogisch-sedimentologischen Eigenschaften der erbohrten klastischen Sedimente zeugen zwar von zwischenzeitlichen Änderungen bei der Sedimentherkunft, diese sind jedoch nicht so deutlich ausgeprägt, wie es die Quellsignale in den Oberflächensedimenten vermuten lassen. Ein Grund dafür scheint die starke Vermischung unterschiedlichster Sedimente während des Transportes zu sein. Die Kombination der Korngrößenergebnisse mit den Befunden der Gesamt- und Schwermineralogie deuten darauf hin, dass es zwischenzeitlich eine Phase mit überwiegend äolischen Prozessen gegeben hat, die mit einem Sedimenteintrag aus dem westlichen Bei Shan in Verbindung stehen. Neben der Zunahme ultrastabiler Schwerminerale wie Zirkon und Granat und der Abnahme opaker Schwerminerale, weisen vor allem die heutigen Verhältnisse darauf hin. Der Vergleich der traditionellen Schwermineralanalyse mit der Computer-Controlled-Scanning-Electron-Microscopy (kurz: CCSEM), die eine automatisierte Partikelauswertung der Proben ermöglicht, zeigt den deutlichen Vorteil der modernen Analysemethode. Neben einem zeitlichen Vorteil, den man durch die automatisierte Abarbeitung der vorbereiteten Proben erlangen kann, steht vor allem die deutlich größere statistische Signifikanz des Ergebnisses im Vordergrund. Zudem können mit dieser Methode auch chemische Varietäten einiger Schwerminerale bestimmt werden, die eine noch feinere Klassifizierung und sicherere Aussagen zu einer möglichen Sedimentherkunft ermöglichen. Damit ergeben sich außerdem verbesserte Aussagen zu Zusammensetzungen und Entstehungsprozessen der abgelagerten Sedimente. Die Studie verdeutlicht, dass die Sedimentherkunft innerhalb des Untersuchungsgebietes sowie die ablaufenden Prozesse zum Teil stark von lokalen Gegebenheiten abhängen. Die Heterogenität der Geologie und die Größe des Einzugsgebietes sowie die daraus resultierende Komplexität der Sedimentgenese, machen exakte Zuordnungen zu klar definierten Sedimentquellen sehr schwer. Dennoch zeigen die Ergebnisse, dass die Sedimentzufuhr in das Ejina-Becken in erster Linie durch fluviale klastische Sedimente des Heihe aus dem Qilian Shan erfolgt sein muss. Die Untersuchungsergebnisse zeigen jedoch ebenso die Notwendigkeit einer ergänzenden Bearbeitung angrenzender Untersuchungsgebiete, wie beispielsweise den Gobi-Altai im Norden oder den Beishan im Westen, sowie die Verdichtung der Oberflächenbeprobung zur feineren Auflösung von lokalen Sedimentquellen.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 186 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS Zusammenfassung Inhaltsverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Abkürzungsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung 1.1 Einleitung 1.2 Wissenschaftliches Ziel 2 Stand der Forschung 3 Einführung in das Untersuchungsgebiet 3.1 Lage und Physiogeographie 3.2 Geologie 3.3 Geomorphologie 3.3.1 Ejina-Becken 3.3.2 Hexi-Korridor & Qilian Shan 3.4 Klima 4 Methoden 4.1 Probennahme - Strategie und Bohrung 4.2 Probenpräparation 4.3 Tonmineralanalyse 4.4 Schwermineralanalyse 4.4.1 Probenpräparation 4.4.2 Polarisationsmikroskopie 4.4.3 Röntgendiffraktometrie (XRD) 4.4.4 Computer Controlled Scanning Electron Microscopy (CCSEM) 4.5 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 4.6 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 4.6.1 Röntgenfluoreszenz (Einzelproben Analyse) 4.6.2 Röntgenfluoreszenz (Kernscan) 4.7 Korngrößenanalyse 4.8 Geochronologie 4.9 Räumliche Datenanalyse 5 Ergebnisse 5.1 Oberflächensedimente 5.1.1 Probensätze 5.1.2 Korngrößenanalyse 5.1.3 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 5.1.4 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 5.1.5 Tonmineralogie 5.1.6 Schwermineralogie 5.2 Bohrkern GN100 5.2.1 Lithostratigraphie 5.2.2 Korngrößenanalyse 5.2.3 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 5.2.4 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 5.2.5 Tonmineralogie 5.2.6 Schwermineralogie 5.2.7 Datierungen 6 Diskussion 6.1 Korngrößenvariationen und texturelle Signale der Oberflächensedimente 6.2 Mineralogische und geochemische Herkunftssignale der Oberflächensedimente 6.2.1 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 6.2.2 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 6.2.3 Tonmineralogie 6.2.4 Schwermineralogie 6.3 Heutige Sedimenttransportpfade - Synoptische Betrachtung der aktuellen Oberflächensignale 6.4 Korngrößenvariationen und texturelle Signale der Bohrkernsedimente (GN100) 6.5 Mineralogische und geochemische Herkunftssignale der Bohrkernsedimente (GN100) 6.6 Zeitliche Dimension des Sedimenteintrags - Ablagerungsgeschichte des Bohrkerns GN100 6.6.1 Darstellung der Sedimentherkunft und Ablagerungsgeschichte im Untersuchungsgebiet Schlussfolgerungen Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Toronto : University of Toronto Press
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94408
    Description / Table of Contents: In the Anthropocene, the thawing of frozen earth due to global warming has drawn worldwide attention to permafrost. Contemporary scientists define permafrost as ground that maintains a negative temperature for at least two years. But where did this particular conception of permafrost originate, and what alternatives existed? The Life of Permafrost provides an intellectual history of permafrost, placing the phenomenon squarely in the political, social, and material context of Russian and Soviet science. Pey-Yi Chu shows that understandings of frozen earth were shaped by two key experiences in the Russian Empire and the Soviet Union. On one hand, the colonization and industrialization of Siberia nourished an engineering perspective on frozen earth that viewed the phenomenon as an aggregate physical structure: ground. On the other, a Russian and Soviet tradition of systems thinking encouraged approaching frozen earth as a process, condition, and space tied to planetary exchanges of energy and matter. Aided by the US militarization of the Arctic during the Cold War, the engineering view of frozen earth as an obstacle to construction became dominant. The Life of Permafrost tells the fascinating story of how permafrost came to acquire life as Russian and Soviet scientists studied, named, and defined it.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-4875-0193-8
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Introduction: Historicizing Permafrost Permafrost as a historical object Permafrost in Russian and Soviet history Politics, science, and the environment The life cycle of permafrost Choosing words carefully 1 Mapping The cold of eastern Siberia Birth of a scientific object From Boden-Eis to Eisboden Conclusion 2 Building Colonization and construction Building on frozen earth The soil science of roads The ambiguity of merzlota Conclusion 3 Defining Merzlota as aggregate structure Merzlota as process Personal and institutional politics Vechnaia merzlota in Bolshevik culture Conclusion 4 Adapting From commission to institute Rhetoric of transforming nature Adapting to frozen earth Survival of the systems approach Conclusion 5 Translating Birth of permafrost Criticism and self-criticism From merzlotovedenie to geocryology The dialectic persists Conclusion Epilogue: Resurrecting Acknowledgments Glossary Notes Bibliography Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94410
    Description / Table of Contents: Die MOSAiC-Expedition verschiebt die Grenzen des Machbaren und markiert einen historischen Meilenstein der Polarforschung. In den Fußstapfen von Fridtjof Nansens bahnrechender Pionierleistung in den Jahren 1893 bis 1896 mit seinem hölzernen Segelschiff »Fram« bringt sie erstmals einen modernen Forschungseisbrecher im Winter in die direkte Umgebung des Nordpols. 20 Nationen haben sich zusammengetan, um die Geheimnisse des dramatischen Klimawandels der Arktis zu entschlüsseln. Untertützt wird das Flaggschiff der Expedition, der deutsche Forschungseisbrecher »Polarstern«, von sechs weiteren Schiffen und Eisbrechern, Flugzeugen und Helikoptern. Insgesamt fünfhundert Menschen nehmen an den verschiedenen Phasen der Expedition teil. Markus Rex, Kopf des Vorhabens und Expeditionsleiter, berichtet anschaulich vom oft genug dramatischen Verlauf dieser Expedition, aber auch von überwältigend faszinierenden Eindrücken aus der Arktis während der langen winterlichen Polarnacht und während des sommerlichen Polartags. Und er beschreibt die unvorstellbaren Herausforderungen, denen sich die Expeditionsteilnehmer eingefroren im polaren Eis gestellt haben - immer geleitet von dem Ziel, Licht in die Prozesse des globalen Klimawandels zu bringen, der nirgends so auseprägt ist wie in der Arktis.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 319 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783570104149 , 3570104141
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Prolog Teil I: Herbst Kapitel 1: Es beginnt Kapitel 2: Auf dünnem Eis Kapitel 3: Ein neues Zuhause Teil II: Winter Kapitel 4: Allein am Ende der Welt Kapitel 5: Sturm in der Polarnacht Kapitel 6: Weihnachten im Eis Teil III: An Land Kapitel 7: Auf Messers Schneide Teil IV: Frühling Kapitel 8: Wieder im Eis Kapitel 9: Das große Schmelzen Teil V: Sommer Kapitel 10: Hochsommer auf dem Eis Kapitel 11: Der Nordpol - und eine neue Scholle Kapitel 12: Es geht nach Hause Epilog Dank Register Bildnachweis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Call number: AWI Bio-21-94540
    Description / Table of Contents: This thesis investigates how the permafrost microbiota responds to global warming. In detail, the constraints behind methane production in thawing permafrost were linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition. Furthermore, this thesis offers new insights into microbial adaptions to the changing environmental conditions during global warming. This was assesed by investigating the potential ecological relevant functions encoded by plasmid DNA within the permafrost microbiota. Permafrost of both interglacial and glacial origin spanning the Holocene to the late Pleistocene, including Eemian, were studied during long-term thaw incubations. Furthermore, several permafrost cores of different stratigraphy, soil type and vegetation cover were used to target the main constraints behind methane production during short-term thaw simulations. Short- and long-term incubations simulating thaw with and without the addition of substrate were combined with activity measurements, amplicon and metagenomic sequencing of permanently frozen and seasonally thawed active layer. Combined, it allowed to address the following questions. i) What constraints methane production when permafrost thaws and how is this linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition? ii) How does the methanogenic community composition change during long-term thawing conditions? iii) Which potential ecological relevant functions are encoded by plasmid DNA in active layer soils? The major outcomes of this thesis are as follows. i) Methane production from permafrost after long-term thaw simulation was found to be constrained mainly by the abundance of methanogens and the archaeal community composition. Deposits formed during periods of warmer temperatures and increased precipitation, (here represented by deposits from the Late Pleistocene of both interstadial and interglacial periods) were found to respond strongest to thawing conditions and to contain an archaeal community dominated by methanogenic archaea (40% and 100% of all detected archaea). Methanogenic population size and carbon density were identified as main predictors for potential methane production in thawing permafrost in short-term incubations when substrate was sufficiently available. ii) Besides determining the methanogenic activity after long-term thaw, the paleoenvironmental conditions were also found to influence the response of the methanogenic community composition. Substantial shifts within methanogenic community structure and a drop in diversity were observed in deposits formed during warmer periods, but not in deposits from stadials, when colder and drier conditions occurred. Overall, a shift towards a dominance of hydrogenotrophic methanogens was observed in all samples, except for the oldest interglacial deposits from the Eemian, which displayed a potential dominance of acetoclastic methanogens. The Eemian, which is discussed to serve as an analogue to current climate conditions, contained highly active methanogenic communities. However, all potential limitation of methane production after permafrost thaw, it means methanogenic community structure, methanogenic population size, and substrate pool might be overcome after permafrost had thawed on the long-term. iii) Enrichments with soil from the seasonally thawed active layer revealed that its plasmid DNA (‘metaplasmidome’) carries stress-response genes. In particular it encoded antibiotic resistance genes, heavy metal resistance genes, cold shock proteins and genes encoding UV-protection. Those are functions that are directly involved in the adaptation of microbial communities to stresses in polar environments. It was further found that metaplasmidomes from the Siberian active layer originate mainly from Gammaproteobacteria. By applying enrichment cultures followed by plasmid DNA extraction it was possible to obtain a higher average contigs length and significantly higher recovery of plasmid sequences than from extracting plasmid sequences from metagenomes. The approach of analyzing ‘metaplasmidomes’ established in this thesis is therefore suitable for studying the ecological role of plasmids in polar environments in general. This thesis emphasizes that including microbial community dynamics have the potential to improve permafrost-carbon projections. Microbially mediated methane release from permafrost environments may significantly impact future climate change. This thesis identified drivers of methanogenic composition, abundance and activity in thawing permafrost landscapes. Finally, this thesis underlines the importance to study how the current warming Arctic affects microbial communities in order to gain more insight into microbial response and adaptation strategies.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VI, 243 Seiten , Diagramme, Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents Preface Acknowledgements Contents Summary Zusammenfassung List of abbreviations Chapter 1. Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Carbon storage in Arctic permafrost environments and the permafrost carbon feedback (PCF) 1.3 Methane cycling microorganisms 1.4 The microbial ecology of permafrost 1.5 Plasmids and their potential role in stress tolerance 1.6 Objectives Chapter 2. Study sites 2.1 Regional settings 2.2 Kurungnakh and Samoylov Island 2.3 Bol'shoy Lyakhovsky Island 2.4 Herschel Island Chapter 3. Manuscripts 3.1 Overview of manuscripts, including contribution of co-authors. 3.2 Manuscript I Methanogenic response to long-term permafrost thaw is determined by paleoenvironment 3.3 Manuscript II Methane production in thawing permafrost is constrained by methanogenic population size and carbon density 3.4 Manuscript III Metaplasmidome-encoded functional potential of permafrost active layer soils Chapter 4. Synthesis 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Constraints behind methane production from thawing permafrost 4.3 The methanogenic community response to long-term permafrost thaw 4.4 The adaptive potential of the permafrost micro biota to cope with stress factors during global warming 4.5 Conclusion Chapter 5. Future research directions and perspectives Chapter 6. References Chapter 7. Appendix 7.1 Supporting information for manuscript I 7.2 Supporting information for manuscript II 7.3 Supporting information for manuscript III 7.4 ESR collaboration, manuscript IV
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Call number: 9780128191101 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (806 Seiten)
    Edition: 2nd edition
    ISBN: 9780128191101
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of contributors Preface 1 Antarctic Climate Evolution - second edition 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Structure and content of the book Acknowledgements References 2 Sixty years of coordination and support for Antarctic science - the role of SCAR 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Scientific value of research in Antarctica and the Southern Ocean 2.3 The international framework in which SCAR operates 2.4 The organisation of SCAR 2.5 Sixty years of significant Antarctic science discoveries 2.6 Scientific Horizon Scan 2.7 Summary References Appendix 3 Cenozoic history of Antarctic glaciation and climate from onshore and offshore studies 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Long-term tectonic drivers and ice sheet evolution 3.3 Global climate variability and direct evidence for Antarctic ice sheet variability in the Cenozoic 3.3.1 Late Cretaceous to early Oligocene evidence of Antarctic ice sheets and climate variability 3.3.2 The Eocene-Oligocene transition and continental-scale glaciation of Antarctica 3.3.3 Transient glaciations of the Oligocene and Miocene 3.3.4 Pliocene to Pleistocene 3.4 Regional seismic stratigraphies and drill core correlations, and future priorities to reconstruct Antarctica's Cenozoic 3.4.1 Ross Sea 3.4.2 Amundsen Sea 3.4.3 Bellingshausen Sea and Pacific coastline of Antarctic Peninsula 3.4.4 The Northern Antarctic Peninsula and South Shetland Islands 3.4.5 The Eastern Margin of the Antarctic Peninsula 3.4.6 The South Orkney Microcontinent and adjacent deep-water basins 3.4.7 East Antarctic Margin 3.4.7.1 Weddell Sea 3.4.7.1.1 Gondwana break-up, Weddell Sea opening and pre-ice-sheet depositional environment 3.4.7.1.2 The Eocene-Oligocene transition and paleoenvironment during increasing glacial conditions 3.4.7.1.3 Recent geophysical survey beneath the Ekström Ice Shelf and future directions for drilling 3.4.7.2 Prydz Bay 3.4.7.2.1 Early Cenozoic greenhouse and earliest glacial phase in late Eocene 3.4.7.2.2 Oligocene-Miocene ice-sheet development 3.4.7.2.3 The Polar Ice Sheet (late Miocene(?)-Pleistocene) 3.4.7.3 East Antarctic Margin - Sabrina Coast 3.4.7.4 Wilkes Land margin and Georges V Land 3.5 Summary, future directions and challenges Acknowledgements References 4 Water masses, circulation and change in the modern Southern Ocean 4.1 Introduction 4.1.1 Defining the Southern Ocean 4.2 Water masses - characteristics and distribution 4.2.1 Upper ocean 4.2.2 Intermediate depth waters 4.2.3 Deep water 4.2.4 Bottom water 4.3 Southern Ocean circulation 4.3.1 Antarctic Circumpolar Current (ACC) 4.3.2 Southern Ocean meridional overturning circulation (SOMOC) 4.3.3 Deep western boundary currents 4.3.3.1 Pacific deep western boundary current 4.3.3.2 Indian deep western boundary currents 4.3.3.3 Atlantic deep western boundary current 4.3.4 Subpolar circulation - gyres, slope and coastal currents 4.3.4.1 Gyres 4.3.4.2 Antarctic slope and coastal currents 4.4 Modern Southern Ocean change 4.4.1 Climate change 4.4.2 Ocean change 4.4.3 Change in dynamics and circulation 4.5 Concluding remarks References 5 Advances in numerical modelling of the Antarctic ice sheet 5.1 Introduction and aims 5.2 Advances in ice sheet modelling 5.2.1 Grounding line physics 5.2.2 Adaptive grids 5.2.3 Parallel ice sheet model - PISM 5.2.4 Coupled models 5.3 Model input - bed data 5.4 Advances in knowledge of bed processes 5.5 Model intercomparison 5.6 Brief case studies 5.7 Future work References 6 The Antarctic Continent in Gondwana: a perspective from the Ross Embayment and Potential Research Targets for Future Investigations 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Antarctic plate and the present-day geological setting of the Ross Embayment 6.3 East Antarctica 6.3.1 The Main Geological Units during the Paleoproterozoic-Early Neoproterozoic Rodinia Assemblage 6.3.2 From Rodinia breakup to Gondwana (c. 800-650 Ma) 6.3.3 The 'Ross Orogen' in the Transantarctic Mountains during the late Precambrian-early Paleozoic evolution of the paleo-Pacific margin of Gondwana (c. 600-450 Ma) 6.4 West Antarctic Accretionary System 6.4.1 West Antarctica in the Precambrian to Mesozoic (c. 180 Ma) evolution of Gondwana until the middle Jurassic breakup 6.4.1.1 Precambrian to Cambrian metamorphic basement 6.4.1.2 Devono-Carboniferous arc magmatism ('Borchgrevink Event') (c. 370-350 Ma) 6.4.1.3 Beacon Supergroup (Devonian-Permo-Triassic-earliest Jurassic) 6.4.1.4 The Ellsworth-Whitmore Mountains Terrane and the Permo-Triassic arc magmatism 6.4.1.5 Ferrar Supergroup and the Gondwana breakup (c. 180Ma) 6.4.1.6 The Antarctic Andean Orogen 6.5 Mesozoic to Cenozoic Tectonic Evolution of the Transantarctic Mountains 6.6 Tectonic evolution in the Ross Sea Sector during the Cenozoic 6.7 Concluding remarks, open problems and potential research themes for future geoscience investigations in Antarctica 6.7.1 Persistent challenges for onshore geoscience investigations 6.7.2 Antarctica and the Ross Orogen in the Transantarctic Mountains 6.7.3 Antarctica after Gondwana fragmentation Acknowledgements References 7 The Eocene-Oligocene boundary climate transition: an Antarctic perspective 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Background 7.2.1 Plate tectonic setting 7.2.2 Antarctic paleotopography 7.2.3 Paleoceanographic setting 7.2.4 Global average and regional sea level response 7.2.5 Proxies to reconstruct past Antarctic climatic and environmental evolution 7.2.6 Far-field proxies 7.3 Antarctic Sedimentary Archives 7.3.1 Land-based outcrops 7.3.1.1 Antarctic Peninsula Region 7.3.1.2 King George (25 de Mayo) Island, South Shetland Islands 7.3.1.3 The Ross Sea Region 7.3.2 Sedimentary archives from drilling on the Antarctic Margin 7.3.2.1 Drill cores in the western Ross Sea 7.3.2.2 The Prydz Bay Region 7.3.2.3 Weddell Sea 7.3.2.4 Wilkes Land 7.4 Summary of climate signals from Antarctic sedimentary archives 7.4.1 Longer-term changes 7.4.2 The climate of the Eocene-Oligocene transition 7.5 The global context of Earth and climate system changes across the EOT 7.5.1 Climate modelling 7.5.2 Relative sea-level change around Antarctica 7.6 Summary 7.6.1 Early-middle Eocene polar warmth 7.6.2 Late Eocene cooling 7.6.3 Eocene-Oligocene transition Acknowledgements References 8 Antarctic Ice Sheet dynamics during the Late Oligocene and Early Miocene: climatic conundrums revisited 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Oligocene-Miocene Transition in Antarctic geological records and its climatic significance 8.3 Conundrums revisited 8.3.1 What caused major transient glaciation of Antarctica across the OMT? 8.3.2 Apparent decoupling of Late Oligocene climate and ice volume? 8.4 Concluding remarks Acknowledgements References 9 Antarctic environmental change and ice sheet evolution through the Miocene to Pliocene - a perspective from the Ross Sea and George V to Wilkes Land Coasts 9.1 Introduction 9.1.1 Overview and relevance 9.1.2 Far-field records of climate and ice sheet variability 9.1.2.1 The Early Miocene 9.1.2.2 The mid-Miocene 9.1.2.3 The Late Miocene 9.1.2.4 The Pliocene 9.1.3 Southern Ocean Paleogeography and Paleoceanography 9.1.4 Land elevation change and influences on Antarctic Ice Sheet evolution 9.2 Records of Miocene to Pliocene climate and ice sheet variability from the Antarctic margin 9.2.1 Introduction to stratigraphic records 9.2.2 George V Land to Wilkes Land Margin 9.2.2.1 Geological setting 9.2.2.2 Oceanography of the Adelie coast 9.2.2.3 Seismic stratigraphy off the George V Land to Wilkes Land Margin 9.2.2.4 Drill core records from the George V Land to Wilkes Land Margin 9.2.2.5 Neogene history of the George V Land to Wilkes Land margin 9.2.3 The Ross Sea Embayment and Southern Victoria Land 9.2.3.1 Geological setting 9.2.3.2 Oceanography and climate in the Ross Sea Region 9.2.3.3 Seismic stratigraphic records in the Ross Sea 9.2.3.4 Stratigraphic records from drill cores in the Ross Sea 9.2.3.5 Terrestrial records from Southern Victoria Land 9.2.3.6 Neogene history in the Ross Sea Region 9.3 Numerical modelling 9.3.1 Miocene
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94767
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XVIII, 165 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Table of Contents Acknowledgements Abstract Zusammenfassung List of figure List of tables List of abbreviation Chapter 1 1. Introduction 1.1 Research background 1.1.1 Response of mountain plant diversity to climate change 1.1.2 Response of Arctic vegetation composition and diversity to climate change 1.1.3 Understanding the critical mechanisms of community assembly are essential for sustaining ecosystem services 1.1.4 Pollen analysis as a traditional tool for representing palaeovegetation 1.1.5. Sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) is a useful tool for Quaternary ecology tracking 1.2 Study area 1.3 Aims and objectives 1.4 Structure of the thesis 1.4.1 Overview of the chapter 1.4.2 Author's contributions 1.4.3 Methods Chapter 2 2 Manuscript 1: Sedimentary ancient DNA reveals warming-induced alpine habitat loss threat to Tibetan Plateau plant diversity 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Results and discussion 2.4 Methods 2.5 Acknowledgements · Chapter 3 3 Manuscript 2: Holocene vegetation and plant diversity changes in the north-eastern Siberian treeline region from pollen and sedimentary ancient DNA 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Materials and methods 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Lake sediment cores and subsampling 3.3.3 Dating 3.3.4 Pollen analysis 3.3.5 DNA extraction and amplification 3.3.6 Sequencing filtering and taxonomic assignment 3.3.7 Statistical analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Chronology 3.4.2 SedaDNA and pollen assemblages 3.4.3 Gradient analysis and correlation analysis 3.5 Discussion 3 .5.1 Contributions of pollen and sedaDNA to vegetation reconstruction and taxon richness 3.5.2 Variation in Holocene vegetation composition in the Omoloy area, north-eastern Siberia 3.5.3 SedaDNA-based plant diversity changes within lake catchments of the Omoloy region 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 4 4 Manuscript 3: Vegetation reconstruction from Siberia and Tibetan Plateau using modern analogue technique - comparing sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) and pollen data 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materials and methods 4.3.1 Sites ofthe modern analogues 4.3.2 Sedimentary (ancient) DNA collection 4.3.3 Metabarcoding data processing and filtering 4.3.4 Pollen data collection 4.3.5 Numerical analysis 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Modern training-set, ROC curve analyses and AT results 4.4.2 Modern analogues for Lake Naleng and Omoloy lake II 4.4.3 Vegetation type reconstruction based on MAT 4.4.4 Projecting fossil samples in ordination space of modern assemblages 4.4.5 Comparing past and present intertaxa relationships 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Assessment of analogue quality using modem training-sets 4·5·2 Comparison of sed(a)DNA-based and pollen-based vegetation reconstruction for the Lake Naleng, Tibetan Plateau 4.5.3 Comparison of sedDNA based and pollen-based vegetation reconstruction for the Lake Omoloy, northern Siberia 4.6 Conclusions 4.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 5 5 Manuscript 4: Terrestrial-aquatic ecosystem links on the Tibetan Plateau inferred from sedaDNA shotgun sequencin 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Results 5.4 Discussions 5.5 Methods 5.6 Acknowledgments Chapter 6 6 Synthesis 6.1 The ability of metabarcoding and metagenomic shotgun sequencing to reveal ecological community pattern 6.2 Driver of plant diversity change in high altitude and high latitudes 6.3 High-altitude and high-latitude vegetation type change 6.4 Past terrestrial and aquatic ecological change at ecosystem-scale 6.5 Conclusions and outlook Appendix 1 Appendix-1 Materials for Manuscript #1 1.1 Appendix discussion: Contamination in NTC6 2. Appendix-2 Materials for Manuscript #2 3. Appendix-3 Materials for Manuscript #3 4. Appendix-4 Materials for Manuscript #4 References Eidesstattliche Erklarung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94766
    Description / Table of Contents: The arctic-boreal treeline is a transition zone from taiga to tundra covering a vast area in Siberia. It often features large environmental gradients and reacts sensitively to changes in the environment. For example, the expansion of shrubs and a northward movement of the treeline are observable in Siberia as a response to the warming climate. The changes in vegetation across the treeline are known to influence the water chemistry in the lakes. This causes further alteration to the composition and diversity of sensitive aquatic organisms such as diatoms and macrophytes. Despite the rising awareness of the complex climate-feedback mechanisms of terrestrial plants, the understanding of their assembly rules and about responses of aquatic biomes in the surrounding treeline lakes is still limited. The goal of this thesis is to examine the previous and present biodiversity of terrestrial and freshwater biomes from the Siberian treeline ecotone, as well as their reactions to environmental changes. In particular, this thesis attempts to ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 132 Blätter , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Contents List of abbreviations Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung 1 Scientific background 1.1 Motivation 1.2 The arctic-boreal ecotone in time and space 1.2.1 Terrestrial plants composition and biodiversity 1.2.2. Lake macrophytes and diatoms 1.3 Sedimentary DNA metabarcoding as an ecologicalproxy 1.4 Study area 1.5 Objectives of the thesis 1.6 Methods 1.7 Thesis organizations 1.7.1 Manuscripts and chapters 1.7.2 Non-finalized research 1.7.2 Author contributions 2 Manuscript I: Genetic and morphological diatom composition in surface sediments from glacial and thermokarst lakes in the Siberian Arctic 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and methods 2.3.1 Sampling and collection of environmental data 2.3.2 Diatom genetic assessment 2.3.3 Raw sequence processing and taxonomic assignment 2.3.4 Morphological diatom identification 2.3.5 Statistical analyses 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Genetic-based diatom composition, diversityand diatom-environment relationship 2.4.2 Morphological-based diatom composition, diversity and diatom-environment relationship 2.4.3 Comparison of spatial diatom patterns obtained from the genetic and morphological approaches 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Genetic and morphological diatom composition and diversity 2.5.2 Diatom composition is affected by lake type and lake water parameters 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgments 3 Manuscript II: Plant sedimentary ancient DNA from Far East Russia covering the last 28 ka reveals different assembly rules in cold and warm climates 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Sampling and dating 3.3.3 Genetic laboratory works 3.3.4 Processing the sequence data 3.3.5 Statistical analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Overview of the sequencing data and taxonomic composition 3.4.2 Taxonomic alpha and beta diversity 3.4.3 Phylogenetic alpha and beta diversity 3.4.4 Relationship between taxonomic composition and phylogenetic diversity 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Vegetation history revealed by sedaDNA 3.5.2 Patterns oftaxonomic alpha diversity and their relationship to community composition 3.5.3 Relationship between richness and phylogenetic alpha and beta diversity 4 Manuscript III: Sedimentary DNA identifies modem and past macrophyte diversity and its environmental drivers in high latitude and altitude lakes in Siberia and China 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materialsand Methods 4.3.1 Field sampling of surface and core samples 4.3.2 Environmental data 4.3.3 Molecular genetic laboratory work 4.3.4 Bioinformatic analyses 4.3.5 Statistical analyses 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Macrophyte diversity in surface sediments inferred from sedDNA 4.4.2 Relationship of modem macrophyte richness and environmental variables 4.4.3 The relationship between modem macrophyte community and environmental variables 4.4.4 Past macrophyte richness and composition inferred from sedaDNA 4.4.5 Past macrophyte compositional changes and its environmental drivers 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Retrieval of aquatic plant diversity using the tmL P6 loop plant DNA metabarcode 4.5.2 Modem macrophyte diversity and its relation to environmental factors 4.5.3 Temporal macrophyte diversity as an indicator for past environmental change 4.6 Conclusion 5 Synopsis 5.1 Potential and limitations of sedimentary DNA in the applied study 5.1.1 Sedimentary DNA is a powerful proxy 5.1.2 Limitations in sedimentary DNA 5.2 Spatial patterns of vegetation, macrophytes and diatoms 5.2.1 Composition and diversity of vegetation 5.2.2 Composition and diversity of macrophytes 5.2.3 Composition and diversity of diatoms 5.3 Temporal patterns of vegetation, macrophytes and diatoms 5.3.1 Composition and diversity of vegetation 5.3.2 Composition and diversity of macrophytes 5.3.3 Composition and diversity of diatoms 5.4 Outlooks and conclusions Appendices Appendix 1 for Manuscript I Appendix 2 for Manuscript II Appendix 3 for Manuscript III References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94775
    Description / Table of Contents: В монографии приводятся сведения о составе локальной флоры окрестностей Международной биологической станции 〈〈Лена-Норденшельд», расположенной на территории Усть-Ленского заповедника, относящейся к числу естественных, мало измененных под влиянием человека объектов (98,5 % ее состава представлено аборигенной фракцией, 3 вида - адвентивный компонент, 5 видов - интродуценты), что обеспечивается природоохранными мероприятиями и представляется очень важным для понимания естественных процессов трансформации природы. В ходе обследования данной местности выявлено 266 таксонов сосудистых растений видового и внутривидового ранга. Приводится иллюстрированный фотографиями растений список видов с указанием частоты встречаемости, распределения по высотным поясам растительности и фитоценотической приуроченности. Исследованная локальная флора дополняет и входит в систему региональных флор Хараулахской подпровинции Восточно-Сибирской провинции Арктической флористической области, которая нуждается в дальнейшем изучении. Книга рассчитана на специалистов природоохранной сферы деятельности, учителей биологии, натуралистов-любителей.
    Description / Table of Contents: Data about composition of the local flora of the International Biological Station "Lena- Nordenskjöld" vicinities is presented. The station is situated in the Lena River delta, within the territory of the Ust-Lensky Nature Reserve. 266 taxons (255 species, and 9 subspecies, 1 variety, 1 hybrid species) of vascular plants from 109 genera and 42 families were found. The checklist is illustrated with photographs of the plants species and contains information about species frequency and their distribution along altitudinal belts and in various plant communities. The local flora of the International Biological Station is natural and slightly disturbed Ьу men: 98,5 % of its composition are native species, and only 3 species are adventive. Аll the species found there can bе classified in 6 altitudinal groups. 224 species belong to the valley vegetation complex, 161 species grow in the tundra belt, 28 species refer to the epilithic lichen communities belt. The flora belongs to the Кharaulakh subprovince ofthe East-Siberian province ofthe Arctic floristic region, which boundaries need to bе detected. The book is intended for specialists of environmental activities, biology teachers, naturalists and enthusiasts.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 115, [1] Seiten , Illustrationen , 25 cm
    Edition: 2-e izdanie, stereotipnoe
    ISBN: 978-5-02-041465-5
    Series Statement: Serija "Ust'-Lenskij Gosudarstvennyj prirodnyj zapovednik: biologičeskoe raznoobrazie" = Series "State nature reserve Ust-Lensky: biological diversity"
    Language: Russian
    Note: ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ ВВЕДЕНИЕ 1. ГОСУДАРСТВЕННЫЙ ПРИРОДНЫЙ ЗАПОВЕДНИК «УСТЬ-ЛЕНСКИЙ)): СТРУКТУРА И ФИЗИКО-ГЕОГРАФИЧЕСКИЕ УСЛОВИЯ 2. КОНСПЕКТ ФЛОРЫ ОКРЕСТНОСТЕЙ МБС "ЛЕНА-НОРДЕНШЕЛЬД" З. РЕЗУЛЬТАТЫ ИССЛЕДОВАНИЙ ФЛОРЫ И ИХ ОБСУЖДЕНИЕ 4. СЕРГЕЙ ВЛАДИМИРОВИЧ ЛАРИОНОВ (1957-1995) БИБЛИОГРАФИЧЕСКИЙ СПИСОК , TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 1. STATE NATURE RESERVE "UST-LENSKY": STRUCTURE AND PHYSICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS 2. ABSTRACT OF THE FLORA OF THE SURROUNDINGS OF MBS "LENA-NORDENSHELD" 3. RESULTS OF STUDIES OF FLORA AND THEIR DISCUSSION 4. SERGEY VLADIMIROVICH LARIONOV (1957-1995) REFERENCES
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94840
    Description / Table of Contents: Vegetation change at high latitudes is one of the central issues nowadays with respect to ongoing climate changes and triggered potential feedback. At high latitude ecosystems, the expected changes include boreal treeline advance, compositional, phenological, physiological (plants), biomass (phytomass) and productivity changes. However, the rate and the extent of the changes under climate change are yet poorly understood and projections are necessary for effective adaptive strategies and forehanded minimisation of the possible negative feedbacks. The vegetation itself and environmental conditions, which are playing a great role in its development and distribution are diverse throughout the Subarctic to the Arctic. Among the least investigated areas is central Chukotka in North-Eastern Siberia, Russia. Chukotka has mountainous terrain and a wide variety of vegetation types on the gradient from treeless tundra to northern taiga forests. The treeline there in contrast to subarctic North America and north-western and central Siberia is represented by a deciduous conifer, Larix cajanderi Mayr. The vegetation varies from prostrate lichen Dryas octopetala L. tundra to open graminoid (hummock and non-hummock) tundra to tall Pinus pumila (Pall.) Regel shrublands to sparse and dense larch forests. Hence, this thesis presents investigations on recent compositional and above-ground biomass (AGB) changes, as well as potential future changes in AGB in central Chukotka. The aim is to assess how tundra-taiga vegetation develops under changing climate conditions particularly in Fareast Russia, central Chukotka. Therefore, three main research questions were considered: 1) What changes in vegetation composition have recently occurred in central Chukotka? 2) How have the above-ground biomass AGB rates and distribution changed in central Chukotka? 3) What are the spatial dynamics and rates of tree AGB change in the upcoming millennia in the northern tundra-taiga of central Chukotka? Remote sensing provides information on the spatial and temporal variability of vegetation. I used Landsat satellite data together with field data (foliage projective cover and AGB) from two expeditions in 2016 and 2018 to Chukotka to upscale vegetation types and AGB for the study area. More specifically, I used Landsat spectral indices (Normalised Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI), Normalised Difference Water Index (NDWI) and Normalised Difference Snow Index (NDSI)) and constrained ordination (Redundancy analysis, RDA) for further k-means-based land-cover classification and general additive model (GAM)-based AGB maps for 2000/2001/2002 and 2016/2017. I also used Tandem-X DEM data for a topographical correction of the Landsat satellite data and to derive slope, aspect, and Topographical Wetness Index (TWI) data for forecasting AGB. Firstly, in 2016, taxa-specific projective cover data were collected during a Russian-German expedition. I processed the field data and coupled them with Landsat spectral Indices in the RDA model that was used for k-means classification. I could establish four meaningful land-cover classes: (1) larch closed-canopy forest, (2) forest tundra and shrub tundra, (3) graminoid tundra and (4) prostrate herb tundra and barren areas, and accordingly, I produced the land cover maps for 2000/2001/2002 and 2016/20017. Changes in land-cover classes between the beginning of the century (2000/2001/2002) and the present time (2016/2017) were estimated and interpreted as recent compositional changes in central Chukotka. The transition from graminoid tundra to forest tundra and shrub tundra was interpreted as shrubification and amounts to a 20% area increase in the tundra-taiga zone and 40% area increase in the northern taiga. Major contributors of shrubification are alder, dwarf birch and some species of the heather family. Land-cover change from the forest tundra and shrub tundra class to the larch closed-canopy forest class is interpreted as tree infilling and is notable in the northern taiga. We find almost no land-cover changes in the present treeless tundra. Secondly, total AGB state and change were investigated for the same areas. In addition to the total vegetation AGB, I provided estimations for the different taxa present at the field sites. As an outcome, AGB in the study region of central Chukotka ranged from 0 kg m-2 at barren areas to 16 kg m-2 in closed-canopy forests with the larch trees contributing the highest. A comparison of changes in AGB within the investigated period from 2000 to 2016 shows that the greatest changes (up to 1.25 kg m 2 yr 1) occurred in the northern taiga and in areas where land cover changed to larch closed-canopy forest. Our estimations indicate a general increase in total AGB throughout the investigated tundra-taiga and northern taiga, whereas the tundra showed no evidence of change in AGB within the 15 years from 2002 to 2017. In the third manuscript, potential future AGB changes were estimated based on the results of simulations of the individual-based spatially explicit vegetation model LAVESI using different climate scenarios, depending on Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs) RCP 2.6, RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5 with or without cooling after 2300 CE. LAVESI-based AGB was simulated for the current state until 3000 CE for the northern tundra-taiga study area for larch species because we expect the most notable changes to occur will be associated with forest expansion in the treeline ecotone. The spatial distribution and current state of tree AGB was validated against AGB field data, AGB extracted from Landsat satellite data and a high spatial resolution image with distinctive trees visible. The simulation results are indicating differences in tree AGB dynamics plot wise, depending on the distance to the current treeline. The simulated tree AGB dynamics are in concordance with fundamental ecological (emigrational and successional) processes: tree stand formation in simulated results starts with seed dispersion, tree stand establishment, tree stand densification and episodic thinning. Our results suggest mostly densification of existing tree stands in the study region within the current century in the study region and a lagged forest expansion (up to 39% of total area in the RCP 8.5) under all considered climate scenarios without cooling in different local areas depending on the closeness to the current treeline. In scenarios with cooling air temperature after 2300 CE, forests stopped expanding at 2300 CE (up to 10%, RCP 8.5) and then gradually retreated to their pre-21st century position. The average tree AGB rates of increase are the strongest in the first 300 years of the 21st century. The rates depend on the RCP scenario, where the highest are as expected under RCP 8.5. Overall, this interdisciplinary thesis shows a successful integration of field data, satellite data and modelling for tracking recent and predicting future vegetation changes in mountainous subarctic regions. The obtained results are unique for the focus area in central Chukotka and overall, for mountainous high latitude ecosystems.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 149 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Potsdam, Universität Potsdam, 2022 , Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Contents Abbreviations Motivation 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background 1.2 Study region 1.3 Aims and objectives 2 Materials and methods 3.1 Section 4 - Strong shrub expansion in tundra-taiga, tree infilling in taiga and stable tundra in central Chukotka (north-eastern Siberia) between 2000 and 2017 3.2 Section 5 - Recent above-ground biomass changes in central Chukotka (NE Siberia) combining field-sampling and remote sensing 3.3 Section 6 - Future spatially explicit tree above-ground biomass trajectories revealed for a mountainous treeline ecotone using the individual-based model LAVESI 4 Strong shrub expansion in tundra-taiga, tree infilling in taiga and stable tundra in central Chukotka (north-eastern Siberia) between 2000 and 2017 Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Field data collection and processing 2.2 Landsat data, pre-processing and spectral indices processing 2.3 Redundancy analysis (RDA) and classification approaches 3 Results 3.1 General characteristics of the vegetation field data 3.2 Relating field data to Landsat spectral indices in the RDA model 3.3 Land-cover classification 3.4 Land-cover change between 2000 and 2017 4 Discussion 4.1 Dataset limitations and optimisation 4.2 Vegetation changes from 2000/2001/2002 to 2016/2017 Conclusions Acknowledgements Data availability statement References Appendix A. Detailed description of Landsat acquisitions Appendix B. MODIS NDVI time series from 2000 to 2018 Appendix C. Landsat Indices values for each analysed vegetation site Appendix D. Fuzzy c-means classification for interpretation of uncertainties for land-cover mapping Appendix E. Validation of land-cover maps Appendix F. K-means classification results Appendix G. Heterogeneity of natural landscapes and mixed pixels of satellite data Appendix H. Distribution of land-cover classes and their changes by study area 5 Recent above-ground biomass changes in central Chukotka (NE Siberia) combining field-sampling and remote sensing Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Study region and field surveys 2.2 Above-ground biomass upscaling and change derivation 3 Results 3.1 Vegetation composition and above-ground biomass 3.2 Upscaling above-ground biomass using GAM 3.3 Change of above-ground biomass between 2000 and 2017 in the four focus areas 4 Discussion 4.1 Recent state of above-ground biomass at the field sites 4.2 Recent state of above-ground biomass upscaled for central Chukotka 4.3 Change in above-ground biomass within the investigated 15–16 years in central Chukotka 5 Conclusions Data availability statement Author contributions Competing interests Acknowledgements References Appendix A. Sampling and above-ground biomass (AGB) calculation protocol for field data 6 Future spatially explicit tree above-ground biomass trajectories revealed for a mountainous treeline ecotone using the individual-based model LAVESI Abstract 1 Introduction 2 Materials and methods 2.1 Study region 2.2 LAVESI model setup, parameterisation, and validation 2.2.4 LAVESI simulation setup for this study 2.2.5 Validation of the model’s performance 3 Results 3.1 Dynamics and spatial distribution changes of tree above-ground-biomass 3.2 Spatial and temporal validation of the contemporary larch AGB 4 Discussion 4.1 Future dynamics of tree AGB at a plot level 4.2 What are the future dynamics of tree AGB at the landscape level? 5 Conclusions Data availability Acknowledgements References Appendix B. Permutation tests for tree presence versus topographical parameters Appendix C. Landsat-based, field, and simulated estimations of larch above-ground biomass (AGB). 7 Synthesis 7.1 What changes in vegetation composition have happened from 2000 to 2017 in central Chukotka? 7.2 How have the above-ground biomass (AGB) distribution and rates changed from 2000 to 2017 in central Chukotka? 7.3 What are the spatial dynamics and rates of tree AGB change in the upcoming centuries in the northern tundra-taiga from 2020 to 3000 CE on the plot level and landscape level? References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    facet.materialart.12
    Edinburgh : Dunedin
    Call number: 9781780466637 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Two thirds of our planet is covered by oceans and seas. Over recent decades developments in ocean science have dramatically improved our understanding of the key role oceans play in the Earth System, and how vital they are for regulating global climate. Humans depend on the oceans for many resources, but at the same time their impacts on the marine systems around the world are of increasing concern. Introducing Oceanography has been written by two leading oceanographers to provide a succinct overview of the science of the study of the seas for students and for the interested adult wanting a topical guide to this enormous and complex subject. The initial chapters describe the oceans and the forces at work within them. The authors then discuss the effects of light, the chemistry of the seas and the food web before surveying biological oceanography in the main oceanic regions. The final chapter looks at the methodology of ocean study. Copiously illustrated, this book is intended for those whose interest in oceanography has been stimulated, perhaps by media coverage of declining resources or climate change and who want to know more. Technical terms are kept to a minimum and are explained in a glossary.
    Description / Table of Contents: Written by two leading oceanographers, Introducing Oceanography has rapidly established itself as a key introductory overview of its subject.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (191 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9781780466637
    Series Statement: Introducing Earth and Environmental Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Intro Contents Preface 1. The water in the oceans 2. Density and density flows 3. Ocean waves 4. Flow in the oceans 5. The tides 6. Stratification and fronts in shelf seas 7. Light in the oceans 8. Biology of the oceans 9. Chemistry of the oceans 10. Primary production in the oceans 11. Ocean food webs 12. Biology at the ocean extremes 13 Changing oceans 14. Sampling the oceans Glossary Further Reading
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    facet.materialart.12
    Tucson : University of Arizona Press
    Call number: 978-0-8165-4439-4 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: "Once Upon the Permafrost is a longitudinal climate ethnography about "knowing" a specific culture and the ecosystem that culture physically and spiritually depends on in the twenty-first-century context of climate change. Through careful integration of contemporary narratives, on-site observations, and document analysis, Susan Alexandra Crate shows how local understandings of change and the vernacular knowledge systems they are founded on provide critical information for interdisciplinary collaboration and effective policy prescriptions
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxviii, 327 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 23 cm
    Edition: Open-access edition published 2022
    ISBN: 9780816541553 , 0816541558 , 9780816541546 , 081654154X
    Series Statement: Critical green engagements: understanding the green economy and its alternatives
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95073
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is changing rapidly and permafrost is thawing. Especially ice-rich permafrost, such as the late Pleistocene Yedoma, is vulnerable to rapid and deep thaw processes such as surface subsidence after the melting of ground ice. Due to permafrost thaw, the permafrost carbon pool is becoming increasingly accessible to microbes, leading to increased greenhouse gas emissions, which enhances the climate warming. The assessment of the molecular structure and biodegradability of permafrost organic matter (OM) is highly needed. My research revolves around the question “how does permafrost thaw affect its OM storage?” More specifically, I assessed (1) how molecular biomarkers can be applied to characterize permafrost OM, (2) greenhouse gas production rates from thawing permafrost, and (3) the quality of OM of frozen and (previously) thawed sediments. I studied deep (max. 55 m) Yedoma and thawed Yedoma permafrost sediments from Yakutia (Sakha Republic). I analyzed sediment cores taken below thermokarst lakes on the Bykovsky Peninsula (southeast of the Lena Delta) and in the Yukechi Alas (Central Yakutia), and headwall samples from the permafrost cliff Sobo-Sise (Lena Delta) and the retrogressive thaw slump Batagay (Yana Uplands). I measured biomarker concentrations of all sediment samples. Furthermore, I carried out incubation experiments to quantify greenhouse gas production in thawing permafrost. I showed that the biomarker proxies are useful to assess the source of the OM and to distinguish between OM derived from terrestrial higher plants, aquatic plants and microbial activity. In addition, I showed that some proxies help to assess the degree of degradation of permafrost OM, especially when combined with sedimentological data in a multi-proxy approach. The OM of Yedoma is generally better preserved than that of thawed Yedoma sediments. The greenhouse gas production was highest in the permafrost sediments that thawed for the first time, meaning that the frozen Yedoma sediments contained most labile OM. Furthermore, I showed that the methanogenic communities had established in the recently thawed sediments, but not yet in the still-frozen sediments. My research provided the first molecular biomarker distributions and organic carbon turnover data as well as insights in the state and processes in deep frozen and thawed Yedoma sediments. These findings show the relevance of studying OM in deep permafrost sediments.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxiii, 178 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Samenvatting Acknowledgements List of Figures List of Tables List of Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Aims and research questions 1.3 Scientific background 1.3.1 The Arctic in a changing climate 1.3.2 Northern Hemisphere permafrost region 1.3.3 Permafrost degradation 1.3.3.1 Thermokarst development 1.3.3.2 Retrogressive thaw slumps 1.3.4 Organic matter in permafrost deposits 1.4 Material and methods 1.4.1 Study sites 1.4.2 Main laboratory methods 1.5 Thesis structure 1.6 Overview of publications 1.6.1 Publication “n-Alkane Characteristics of Thawed Permafrost Deposits Below a Thermokarst Lake on Bykovsky Peninsula, Northeastern Siberia” 1.6.2 Publication “Greenhouse gas production and lipid biomarker distribution in Yedoma and Alas thermokarst lake sediments in Eastern Siberia” 1.6.3 Publication “Organic matter characteristics of a rapidly eroding permafrost cliff in NE Siberia (Lena Delta, Laptev Sea region)” 1.6.4 Publication “Molecular biomarkers in Batagay megaslump permafrost deposits reveal clear differences in organic matter preservation between glacial and interglacial periods” 1.6.5 Contributions to complementary research 2 Bykovsky Peninsula 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study area 2.4 Material and methods 2.4.1 Field work 2.4.2 Laboratory analyses 2.4.2.1 Biomarker analysis 2.4.2.2 Biomarker indices 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Bulk sediment 2.5.1.1 Long core PG2412 2.5.1.2 Short core PG2420 2.5.2 Hydrochemistry 2.5.3 n-Alkane distributions 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Depositional history at the study site 2.6.1.1 Unit I - Early Weichselian fluvial sedimentation 2.6.1.2 Unit II – Yedoma deposition in wetland landscapes dominated by low-centered polygons 2.6.1.3 Unit III/Unit A – Yedoma deposition under cold-dry conditions during the Late Weichselian 2.6.1.4 Unit IV/Unit B – Holocene thermokarst lake formation and lacustrine sedimentation 2.6.2 Organic matter degradation 2.7 Conclusion 2.8 Acknowledgements 3 Yukechi Alas 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods and materials 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Field work 3.3.3 Laboratory analyses 3.3.3.1 Organic carbon content 3.3.3.2 Lipid biomarkers 3.3.4 Incubations 3.3.5 Statistical analysis 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Organic matter characteristics 3.4.1.1 Alas lake sediment core YU-L7 3.4.1.2 Yedoma lake sediment core YU-L15 3.4.2 Greenhouse gas production 3.4.2.1 Alas lake sediment core YU-L7 3.4.2.2 Yedoma lake sediment core YU-L15 3.4.2.3 Carbon mineralization 3.4.3 Statistical correlation and regression 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Organic matter degradation potential 3.5.1.1 Organic carbon quantity 3.5.1.2 Organic matter preservation and talik formation 3.5.1.3 Presence of methanogenic communities 3.5.2 Greenhouse gas production 3.5.2.1 Carbon dioxide production 3.5.2.2 Methane production 3.5.3 GHG links with other parameters and outlook 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Acknowledgements 4 Sobo-Sise cliff 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study area 4.4 Methods 4.4.1 Fieldwork 4.4.2 Sedimentological organic matter parameters 4.4.3 Lipid biomarkers 4.4.3.1 Extraction and fraction separation 4.4.3.2 GC-MS measurements and compound quantification 4.4.4 Biomarker indices 4.4.4.1 Average Chain Length 4.4.4.2 Carbon Preference Index 4.4.4.3 Higher Plant Fatty Acids 4.4.5 Data analysis 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Sedimentological organic matter parameters 4.5.2 Biomarkers 4.5.2.1 n-Alkanes 4.5.2.2 Fatty acids 4.5.3 Clustering 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Terrestrial depositional environment 4.6.1.1 Organic matter source 4.6.1.2 Organic matter quality 4.6.2 Implications and outlook 4.7 Conclusion 4.8 Acknowledgements 5 Batagay thaw slump 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study site 5.4 Methods 5.4.1 Sample collection 5.4.2 Laboratory analyses 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Detected biomolecules 5.5.2 Lower Ice Complex 5.5.3 Lower Sand Unit 5.5.4 Woody Layer 5.5.5 Upper Ice Complex - Yedoma 5.5.6 Holocene Cover 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Biogeochemical legacy of glacial periods 5.6.2 Biogeochemical legacy of interglacial periods 5.6.3 Modern organic matter mobilization in the Batagay megaslump 5.7 Conclusion 5.8 Acknowledgements 6 Synthesis 6.1 Lipid biomarkers to characterize permafrost organic matter 6.1.1 Organic matter source 6.1.2 Organic matter quality 6.2 Mobilization of organic matter in thawing permafrost 6.2.1 Methane production vs. emission 6.2.2 Using the data in models 6.2.3 Transport of OM into aquatic systems 6.3 Recommendations for future research References Appendix A Supporting information for Chapter 2 Appendix B Supporting information for Chapter 3 Appendix C Supporting information for Chapter 4 Appendix D Supporting information for Chapter 5
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: 9783030213015 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides in-depth information about the sea ice in the Arctic at scales from paleoenvironmental variability to more contemporary changes during the past and present centuries. The book is based on several decades of research related to sea ice in the Arctic and its variability, sea ice process studies as well as implications of the sea ice variability on human activities. The chapters provide an extensive overview of the research results related to sea ice in the Arctic at paleo-scales to more resent scales of variations as well as projections for changes during the 21st century. The authors have pioneered the satellite remote sensing monitoring of sea ice and used other monitoring data in order to study, monitor and model sea ice and its processes
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 575 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030213015 , 978-3-030-21301-5
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Ola M. Johannessen 2 Sea Ice in the Arctic Paleoenvironments / Leonid P. Bobylev and Martin W. Miles 3 Marginal Ice Zone and Ice-Air-Ocean Interactions / Ola M. Johannessen, Stein Sandven, Richard Davy, and Einar O. Olason 4 Changes in Arctic Sea Ice Cover in the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries / Elena V. Shalina, Ola M. Johannessen, and Stein Sandven 5 Arctic Sea Ice Thickness and Volume Transformation / Elena V. Shalina, Kirill Khvorostovsky, and Stein Sandven 6 SAR Sea Ice Type Classification and Drift Retrieval in the Arctic / Natalia Y. Zakhvatkina, Denis Demchev, Stein Sandven, Vladimir A. Volkov, and Alexander S. Komarov 7 Sea Ice Drift in the Arctic / Vladimir A. Volkov, Alexandra Mushta, and Denis Demchev 8 Sea Ice Modelling / Matti Leppäranta, Valentin P. Meleshko, Petteri Uotila, and Tatiana Pavlova 9 Operational Forecasting of Sea Ice in the Arctic Using TOPAZ System / Laurent Bertino and Jiping Xie 10 Current and Projected Sea Ice in the Arctic in the Twenty-First Century / Valentin P. Meleshko, Tatiana Pavlova, Leonid P. Bobylev, and Pavel Golubkin 11 Climate Change Impact on the Arctic Economy / Lasse H. Pettersson, Anton G. Kjelaas, Dmitry V. Kovalevsky, and Klaus Hasselmann 12 Annex: SAR Sea Ice Interpretation Guide / Ola M. Johannessen Afterword / Ola M. Johannessen
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: 9783030523244 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book investigates the multifaceted nature of change in today’s Nordic Arctic and the necessary research and policy development required to address the challenges and opportunities currently faced by this region. It focuses its attention on the recent efforts of the Nordic community to create specialized Centers of Excellence in Arctic Research in order to facilitate this process of scientific inquiry and policy articulation. The volume seeks to describe both the steps that lead to this decision and the manner in which this undertaking as evolved. The work highlights the research efforts of the four Centers and their investigations of a variety of issues including those related to ecosystem and wildlife management, the revitalization resource dependent communities, the emergence of new climate-born diseases and the development of adequate modeling techniques to assist northern communities in their efforts at adaptation and resilience building. Major discoveries and insights arising from these and other efforts are detailed and possible policy implications considered. The book also focuses attention on the challenges of creating and supporting multidisciplinary teams of researchers to investigate such concerns and the methods and means for facilitating their collaboration and the integration of their findings to form new and useful perspectives on the nature of change in the contemporary Arctic. It also provides helpful consideration and examples of how local and indigenous communities can be engaged in the co-production of knowledge regarding the region. The volume discusses how such research findings can be best communicated and shared between scientists, policymakers and northern residents. It considers the challenges of building common concern not just among different research disciplines but also between bureaucracies and the public. Only when this bridge-building effort is undertaken can true pathways to action be established. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 448 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030523244 , 978-3-030-52324-4
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I 1 An Introduction / Douglas C. Nord 2 NordForsk as a Facilitator of Integrated Research on the Arctic / Gunnel Gustafsson Part II 3 CLINF: Climate-Change Effects on the Epidemiology of Infectious Diseases, and the Associated Impacts on Northern Societies / Birgitta Evengård and Tomas Thierfelder 4 CLINF: An Integrated Project Design / Tomas Thierfelder and Birgitta Evengård 5 Modeling Climate Sensitive Infectious Diseases in the Arctic / Gia Destouni, Zahra Kalantari, Shaun Quegan, Didier Leibovici, Juha Lemmetyinen, and Jaakko Ikonen 6 Reindeer Herding and Coastal Pastures: Adaptation to Multiple Stressors and Cumulative Effects / Grete K. Hovelsrud, Camilla Risvoll, Jan Åge Riseth, Hans Tømmervik, Anna Omazic, and Ann Albihn Part III 7 The ARCPATH Project: Assessing Risky Environments and Rapid Change: Research on Climate, Adaptation and Coastal Communities in the North Atlantic Arctic / Astrid E. J. Ogilvie, Yongqi Gao, Níels Einarsson, Noel Keenlyside, and Leslie A. King 8 The Climate Model: An ARCPATH Tool to Understand and Predict Climate Change / Shuting Yang, Yongqi Gao, Koenigk Torben, Noel Keenlyside, and François Counillon 9 Whale Ecosystem Services and Co-production Processes Underpinning Human Wellbeing in the Arctic: Case Studies from Greenland, Iceland and Norway / Laura Malinauskaite, David Cook, Brynhildur Davíðsdóttir, and Helga Ögmundardóttir 10 “Small Science”: Community Engagement and Local Research in an Era of Big Science Agendas / Catherine Chambers, Leslie A. King, David Cook, Laura Malinauskaite, Margaret Willson, Astrid E. J. Ogilvie, and Níels Einarsson Part IV 11 Project ReiGN: Reindeer Husbandry in a Globalizing North–Resilience, Adaptations and Pathways for Actions / Øystein Holand, Jon Moen, Jouko Kumpula, Annette Löf, Sirpa Rasmus, and Knut Røed 12 What Drives the Number of Semi-domesticated Reindeer? Pasture Dynamics and Economic Incentives in Fennoscandian Reindeer Husbandry / Antti-Juhani Pekkarinen, Jouko Kumpula, and Olli Tahvonen 13 Reindeer Herders as Stakeholders or Rights-Holders? Introducing a Social Equity-Based Conceptualization Relevant for Indigenous and Local Communities / Simo Sarkki, Hannu I. Heikkinen, and Annette Löf 14 Working Together: Reflections on a Transdisciplinary Effort of Co-producing Knowledge on Supplementary Feeding in Reindeer Husbandry Across Fennoscandia / Tim Horstkotte, Élise Lépy, and Camilla Risvoll Part V 15 Is There Such a Thing as ‘Best Practice’? Exploring the Extraction/Sustainability Dilemma in the Arctic / Sverker Sörlin 16 When Mines Go Silent: Exploring the Afterlives of Extraction Sites / Dag Avango and Gunhild Rosqvist 17 Mining Emotions: Affective Approaches to Resource Extraction / Frank Sejersen and Kirsten Thisted Part VI 18 The Challenge of Synthesis: Lessons from Arctic Climate Predictions: Pathways to Resilient, Sustainable Societies (ARCPATH) / Leslie A. King and Astrid E. J. Ogilvie 19 The Assessment and Evaluation of Arctic Research – Where Have We Come From and Where Do We Need to Go in the Future? / Andre van Amstel, Amy Lauren Lovecraft, Maureen Biermann, Roberta Marinelli, and Douglas C. Nord 20 Findings and Conclusions: Pathways to Action / Douglas C. Nord
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Call number: 9783030249823 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This two-volume book provides a comprehensive, detailed understanding of paleoclimatology beginning by describing the “proxy data” from which quantitative climate parameters are reconstructed and finally by developing a comprehensive Earth system model able to simulate past climates of the Earth. It compiles contributions from specialists in each field who each have an in-depth knowledge of their particular area of expertise. The first volume is devoted to “Finding, dating and interpreting the evidence”. It describes the different geo-chronological technical methods used in paleoclimatology. Different fields of geosciences such as: stratigraphy, magnetism, dendrochronology, sedimentology, are drawn from and proxy reconstructions from ice sheets, terrestrial (speleothems, lakes, and vegetation) and oceanic data, are used to reconstruct the ancient climates of the Earth. The second volume, entitled “Investigation into ancient climates,” focuses on building comprehensive models of past climate evolution. The chapters are based on understanding the processes driving the evolution of each component of the Earth system (atmosphere, ocean, ice). This volume provides both an analytical understanding of each component using a hierarchy of models (from conceptual to very sophisticated 3D general circulation models) and a synthetic approach incorporating all of these components to explore the evolution of the Earth as a global system. As a whole this book provides the reader with a complete view of data reconstruction and modeling of the climate of the Earth from deep time to present day with even an excursion to include impacts on future climate.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 478 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030249823 , 978-3-030-24982-3
    ISSN: 1863-4621 , 1863-463X
    Series Statement: Frontiers in earth sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Volume 1 1 The Climate System: Its Functioning and History / Sylvie Joussaume and Jean-Claude Duplessy 2 The Changing Face of the Earth Throughout the Ages / Frédéric Fluteau and Pierre Sepulchre 3 Introduction to Geochronology / Hervé Guillou 4 Carbon-14 / Martine Paterne, Élisabeth Michel, and Christine Hatté et Jean-Claude Dutay 5 The 40 K/ 40 Ar and 40 Ar/ 39 Ar Methods / Hervé Guillou, Sébastien Nomade, and Vincent Scao 6 Dating of Corals and Other Geological Samples via the Radioactive Disequilibrium of Uranium and Thorium Isotopes / Norbert Frank and Freya Hemsing 7 Magnetostratigraphy: From a Million to a Thousand Years / Carlo Laj, James E. T. Channell, and Catherine Kissel 8 Dendrochronology / Frédéric Guibal and Joël Guiot 9 The Dating of Ice-Core Archives / Frédéric Parrenin 10 Reconstructing the Physics and Circulation of the Atmosphere / Valérie Masson-Delmotte and Joël Guiot 11 Air-Ice Interface: Polar Ice / Valérie Masson-Delmotte and Jean Jouzel 12 Air-Vegetation Interface: Pollen / Joël Guiot 13 Ground-Air Interface: The Loess Sequences, Markers of Atmospheric Circulation / Denis-Didier Rousseau and Christine Hatté 14 Air-Ground Interface: Reconstruction of Paleoclimates Using Speleothems / Dominique Genty and Ana Moreno 15 Air-Interface: d18O Records of Past Meteoric Water Using Benthic Ostracods from Deep Lakes / Ulrich von Grafenstein and Inga Labuhn 16 Vegetation-Atmosphere Interface: Tree Rings / Joël Guiot and Valérie Daux 17 Air-Vegetation Interface: An Example of the Use of Historical Data on Grape Harvests / Valérie Daux 18 Air-Ground Interface: Sediment Tracers in Tropical Lakes / David Williamson 19 Air-water Interface: Tropical Lake Diatoms and Isotope Hydrology Modeling / Florence Sylvestre, Françoise Gasse, Françoise Vimeux, and Benjamin Quesada 20 Air-Ice Interface: Tropical Glaciers / Françoise Vimeux 21 Climate and the Evolution of the Ocean: The Paleoceanographic Data / Thibaut Caley, Natalia Vázquez Riveiros, Laurent Labeyrie, Elsa Cortijo, and Jean-Claude Duplessy Volume 2 22 Climate Evolution on the Geological Timescale and the Role of Paleogeographic Changes / Frédéric Fluteau and Pierre Sepulchre 23 Biogeochemical Cycles and Aerosols Over the Last Million Years / Nathaelle Bouttes, Laurent Bopp, Samuel Albani, Gilles Ramstein, Tristan Vadsaria, and Emilie Capron 24 The Cryosphere and Sea Level / Catherine Ritz, Vincent Peyaud, Claire Waelbroeck, and Florence Colleoni 25 Modeling and Paleoclimatology / Masa Kageyama and Didier Paillard 26 The Precambrian Climate / Yves Goddéris, Gilles Ramstein, and Guillaume Le Hir 27 The Phanerozoic Climate / Yves Goddéris, Yannick Donnadieu, and Alexandre Pohl 28 Climate and Astronomical Cycles / Didier Paillard 29 Rapid Climate Variability: Description and Mechanisms / Masa Kageyama, Didier M. Roche, Nathalie Combourieu Nebout, and Jorge Alvarez-Solas 30 An Introduction to the Holocene and Anthropic Disturbance / Pascale Braconnot and Pascal Yiou 31 From the Climates of the Past to the Climates of the Future / Sylvie Charbit, Nathaelle Bouttes, Aurélien Quiquet, Laurent Bopp, Gilles Ramstein, Jean-Louis Dufresne, and Julien Cattiaux
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Call number: 9783030425845 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Our realisation of how profoundly glaciers and ice sheets respond to climate change and impact sea level and the environment has propelled their study to the forefront of Earth system science. Aspects of this multidisciplinary endeavour now constitute major areas of research. This book is named after the international summer school held annually in the beautiful alpine village of Karthaus, Northern Italy, and consists of twenty chapters based on lectures from the school. They cover theory, methods, and observations, and introduce readers to essential glaciological topics such as ice-flow dynamics, polar meteorology, mass balance, ice-core analysis, paleoclimatology, remote sensing and geophysical methods, glacial isostatic adjustment, modern and past glacial fluctuations, and ice sheet reconstruction. The chapters were written by thirty-four contributing authors who are leading international authorities in their fields. The book can be used as a graduate-level textbook for a university course, and as a valuable reference guide for practising glaciologists and climate scientists.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXVII, 530 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030425845 , 978-3-030-42584-5
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Slow Viscous Flow 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Coordinate Systems and the Material Derivative 1.2.1 Eulerian and Lagrangian Coordinates 1.2.2 The Material Derivative 1.3 Mass Conservation 1.4 The Stress Tensor and Momentum Conservation 1.4.1 The Stress Tensor 1.4.2 Momentum Conservation 1.4.3 Rheology 1.4.4 The Navier-Stokes Equations 1.4.5 Stokes Flow 1.5 Boundary Conditions 1.5.1 The No-Slip Condition and the Sliding Law 1.5.2 Dynamic Boundary Conditions 1.5.3 Kinematic Boundary Conditions 1.6 Temperature and Energy Conservation 1.7 Glacier and Ice Sheet Flow 1.8 Examples 1.8.1 Uniform Flow on a Slope 1.8.2 Spreading Flow at an Ice Divide 1.8.3 Small-Amplitude Perturbations 1.9 The Shallow Ice Approximation 1.10 Conclusions and Outlook 1.11 Appendix: Non-dimensionalisation Exercises 2 Thermal Structure 2.1 Temperature Profiles 2.2 Boundary Conditions 2.2.1 The Thermal Near-Surface Wave 2.3 Models: Simple to Complicated 2.4 Basal Conditions 2.4.1 Polythermal Ice 2.5 Modelling Issues 2.5.1 Non-dimensionalisation 2.5.2 Thermomechanical Coupling 2.5.3 Thermal Runaway Exercises 3 Sliding, Drainage and Subglacial Geomorphology 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Sliding Over Hard Beds 3.2.1 Weertman Sliding 3.2.2 Nye-Kamb Theory 3.2.3 Sub-temperate Sliding 3.2.4 Nonlinear Sliding Laws 3.2.5 Cavitation 3.2.6 Comparison with Experiment 3.3 Subglacial Drainage Theory 3.3.1 Weertman Films 3.3.2 Röthlisberger Channels (or ‘R-Channels’) 3.3.3 Jökulhlaups 3.3.4 Subglacial Lakes 3.3.5 Linked Cavities 3.3.6 Drainage Transitions and Glacier Surges 3.3.7 Ongoing Developments 3.4 Basal Processes and Geomorphology 3.4.1 Soft Glacier Beds 3.4.2 Drainage Over Till 3.4.3 Geomorphological Processes Exercises 4 Tidewater Glaciers 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Calving 4.3 Tidewater Glacier Dynamics 4.3.1 Tidewater Glacier Retreat and Instability 4.3.2 Tidewater Glacier Advance 4.3.3 Flow Variability of Tidewater Glaciers 4.4 The Link to Climate: Triggers for Retreat 4.4.1 Ice Shelf Collapse and Backstress 4.4.2 Grounded Calving Fronts 4.5 Outlook 5 Interaction of Ice Shelves with the Ocean 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Impact of Melting Ice on the Ocean 5.3 Processes at the Ice-Ocean Interface 5.4 Buoyancy-Driven Flow on Geophysical Scales 5.5 Sensitivity to Ocean Temperature 5.6 Impact of Meltwater Outflow at the Grounding Line 5.7 Fundamentals of the Three-Dimensional Ocean Circulation 5.8 Some Properties and Limitations of the Geostrophic Equations 5.9 Effects of Stratification 5.10 Three-Dimensional Circulation in Sub-Ice-Shelf Cavities Exercises 6 Polar Meteorology 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Shortwave and Longwave Radiation 6.3 Radiation Climate at the Top of the Atmosphere 6.4 Large Scale Circulation 6.5 Surface Energy Balance 6.5.1 Shortwave Radiation 6.5.2 Surface Albedo 6.5.3 Longwave Radiation 6.5.4 Turbulent Fluxes 6.6 Temperature Inversion and Katabatic Winds 6.6.1 Surface Temperature Inversion and Deficit 6.6.2 Katabatic Winds 6.7 Precipitation 6.8 Notes and References Exercises 7 Mass Balance 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Definitions 7.3 Methods 7.3.1 In Situ Observations 7.3.2 Satellite/Airborne Altimetry 7.3.3 Satellite Gravimetry 7.3.4 Mass Budget Method 7.4 Valley Glaciers and Ice Caps 7.4.1 In Situ Observations 7.4.2 Modelling 7.4.3 Dynamical Response 7.4.4 Remote Sensing 7.5 Antarctic Ice Sheet 7.5.1 Spatial SSMB Variability 7.5.2 Blue Ice Areas 7.5.3 Temporal SSMB Variability 7.6 Greenland Ice Sheet 7.6.1 Spatial SSMB Variability 7.6.2 Temporal SSMB Variability 7.6.3 Role of the Liquid Water Balance 8 Numerical Modelling of Ice Sheets, Streams, and Shelves 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Ice Flow Equations 8.2.1 The Shallow Ice Approximation 8.2.2 Analogy with the Heat Equation 8.3 Finite Difference Numerics 8.3.1 Explicit Scheme for the Heat Equation 8.3.2 A First Implemented Scheme 8.3.3 Stability Criteria and Adaptive Time Stepping 8.3.4 Implicit Schemes 8.3.5 Numerical Solution of Diffusion Equations 8.4 Numerically Solving the SIA 8.5 Exact Solutions and Verification 8.5.1 Exact Solution of the Heat Equation 8.5.2 Halfar’s Exact Similarity Solution to the SIA 8.5.3 Using Halfar’s Solution 8.5.4 A Test of Robustness 8.6 Applying Our Numerical Ice Sheet Model 8.7 Shelves and Streams 8.7.1 The Shallow Shelf Approximation (SSA) 8.7.2 Numerical Solution of the SSA 8.7.3 Numerics of the Linear Boundary Value Problem 8.7.4 Solving the Stress Balance for an Ice Shelf 8.7.5 Realistic Ice Shelf Modelling 8.8 A Summary of Numerical Ice Flow Modelling 8.9 Notes Exercises 9 Least-Squares Data Inversion in Glaciology 9.1 Preamble 9.2 Introduction 9.3 The Roots of GPS in Glaciology 9.4 Introduction to GPS 9.4.1 History 9.4.2 Coarse Acquisition (C/A) Code 9.5 The Equations of Pseudorange 9.6 Least-Squares Solution of an Overdetermined System of Linear Equations 9.7 Observational Techniques to Improve GPS Accuracy 9.7.1 The Ionosphere-Free Combination 9.7.2 Carrier-Phase Determined Range and Integer Wavelength Ambiguity 9.7.3 Resolving Range Ambiguity by Phase Tracking 9.7.4 Differential GPS Exercises 10 Analytical Models of Ice Sheets and Ice Shelves 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Perfectly-Plastic Ice Sheet Model 10.3 The Height–Mass Balance Feedback 10.4 Ice-Sheet Profile for Plane Shear with Glen’s Law 10.5 Ice Shelves Exercise 11 Firn 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Firn Densification 11.2.1 Mechanisms of Firn Densification 11.2.2 Firn Densification Models 11.2.3 Firn Layering and Microstructure 11.3 Applications of Firn Models 11.3.1 Ice Sheet Surface Mass Balance from Altimetry 11.3.2 Delta Age Calculations in Deep Ice Cores 11.4 Summary and Conclusions 12 Ice Cores: Archive of the Climate System 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Dating Ice Cores 12.3 Stable Water Isotopes 12.3.1 Basics and Nomenclature 12.3.2 The Isotope Proxy Thermometer 12.3.3 Examples of Isotope Records 12.3.4 Isotope Diffusion in Firn and Ice 12.3.5 Diffusion Thermometry 12.4 Aerosols in Ice 12.4.1 Introduction and Origin of Aerosols in Ice 12.4.2 Aerosol Sources and Transport 12.4.3 Post-depositional Modification 12.4.4 Seasonal Cycles in Aerosol and Particle Constituents in Ice 12.4.5 The Volcanic Signal in Ice and Its Use for Chronological Control 12.4.6 Marine Biogenic MSA and Sea Salt as Sea-Ice Proxies 12.4.7 The Record of Anthropogenic Pollution 12.4.8 Long Aerosol Records from Greenland and Antarctica 12.4.9 Electrical Properties of Ice and Their Relationship to Chemistry 12.5 Gases Enclosed in Ice 12.5.1 Firn Gas and Gas Occlusion 12.5.2 Trace Gases 12.6 Timing of Climate Events Exercises 13 Satellite Remote Sensing of Glaciers and Ice Sheets 13.1 Introduction 13.2 Optical Sensors and Applications 13.2.1 Sensors and Satellites 13.2.2 Applications 13.3 SAR Methods and Applications 13.3.1 Radar Signal Interaction with Snow and Ice 13.3.2 SAR Sensor and Image Characteristics 13.3.3 InSAR Measurement Principles and Applications 13.4 Satellite Altimetry 13.4.1 Altimetry Missions 13.4.2 Measuring Elevation Change 14 Geophysics 14.1 Geophysical Methods: Overview 14.2 Passive Methods 14.2.1 Gravimetry 14.2.2 Magnetics 14.2.3 Seismology 14.3 Active Methods: Basics 14.3.1 Propagation Properties and Reflection Origin 14.3.2 Seismic System Set-Up 14.3.3 Radar System Set-Up 14.4 Data Acquisition and Processing 14.5 Seismic Applications in Ice 14.5.1 Ice Thickness and Basal Topography 14.5.2 Subglacial Structure and Properties 14.5.3 Rheological and Other Englacial Properties 14.6 Radar Applications in Ice 14.6.1 Internal Layer Architecture and Ice Dynamics 14.6.2 Subglacial Conditions 14.6.3 Englacial Conditions 14.7 Notes and References 14.7.1 Further Reading 14.7.2 Gravimetry 14.7.3 General Wave Equation and Solution 14.7.4 Seismic Waves 14.7.5 Electromagnetic Waves Exercises 15 Glacial Isostatic Adjustment 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Earth Response to Loading 15.2.1 Rheology of the Earth 15.2.2 Building an Earth Model 15.2.3 Earth Models Used in Glaciology and Glacial Isostatic Adjustment 15.3 The Cryosphere and Sea Level 15.3.1 Factors Affecting Sea-Level Change 15
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Call number: AWI G8-23-95167
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic nearshore zone plays a key role in the carbon cycle. Organic-rich sediments get eroded off permafrost affected coastlines and can be directly transferred to the nearshore zone. Permafrost in the Arctic stores a high amount of organic matter and is vulnerable to thermo-erosion, which is expected to increase due to climate change. This will likely result in higher sediment loads in nearshore waters and has the potential to alter local ecosystems by limiting light transmission into the water column, thus limiting primary production to the top-most part of it, and increasing nutrient export from coastal erosion. Greater organic matter input could result in the release of greenhouse gases to the atmosphere. Climate change also acts upon the fluvial system, leading to greater discharge to the nearshore zone. It leads to decreasing sea-ice cover as well, which will both increase wave energy and lengthen the open-water season. Yet, knowledge on these processes and the resulting impact on the nearshore zone is scarce, because access to and instrument deployment in the nearshore zone is challenging. Remote sensing can alleviate these issues in providing rapid data delivery in otherwise non-accessible areas. However, the waters in the Arctic nearshore zone are optically complex, with multiple influencing factors, such as organic rich suspended sediments, colored dissolved organic matter (cDOM), and phytoplankton. The goal of this dissertation was to use remotely sensed imagery to monitor processes related to turbidity caused by suspended sediments in the Arctic nearshore zone. In-situ measurements of water-leaving reflectance and surface water turbidity were used to calibrate a semi-empirical algorithm which relates turbidity from satellite imagery. Based on this algorithm and ancillary ocean and climate variables, the mechanisms underpinning nearshore turbidity in the Arctic were identified at a resolution not achieved before. The calibration of the Arctic Nearshore Turbidity Algorithm (ANTA) was based on in-situ measurements from the coastal and inner-shelf waters around Herschel Island Qikiqtaruk (HIQ) in the western Canadian Arctic from the summer seasons 2018 and 2019. It performed better than existing algorithms, developed for global applications, in relating turbidity from remotely sensed imagery. These existing algorithms were lacking validation data from permafrost affected waters, and were thus not able to reflect the complexity of Arctic nearshore waters. The ANTA has a higher sensitivity towards the lowest turbidity values, which is an asset for identifying sediment pathways in the nearshore zone. Its transferability to areas beyond HIQ was successfully demonstrated using turbidity measurements matching satellite image recordings from Adventfjorden, Svalbard. The ANTA is a powerful tool that provides robust turbidity estimations in a variety of Arctic nearshore environments. Drivers of nearshore turbidity in the Arctic were analyzed by combining ANTA results from the summer season 2019 from HIQ with ocean and climate variables obtained from the weather station at HIQ, the ERA5 reanalysis database, and the Mackenzie River discharge. ERA5 reanalysis data were obtained as domain averages over the Canadian Beaufort Shelf. Nearshore turbidity was linearly correlated to wind speed, significant wave height and wave period. Interestingly, nearshore turbidity was only correlated to wind speed at the shelf, but not to the in-situ measurements from the weather station at HIQ. This shows that nearshore turbidity, albeit being of limited spatial extent, gets influenced by the weather conditions multiple kilometers away, rather than in its direct vicinity. The large influence of wave energy on nearshore turbidity indicates that freshly eroded material off the coast is a major contributor to the nearshore sediment load. This contrasts results from the temperate and tropical oceans, where tides and currents are the major drivers of nearshore turbidity. The Mackenzie River discharge was not identified as a driver of nearshore turbidity in 2019, however, the analysis of 30 years of Landsat archive imagery from 1986 to 2016 suggests a direct link between the prevailing wind direction, which heavily influences the Mackenzie River plume extent, and nearshore turbidity around HIQ. This discrepancy could be caused by the abnormal discharge behavior of the Mackenzie River in 2019. This dissertation has substantially advanced the understanding of suspended sediment processes in the Arctic nearshore zone and provided new monitoring tools for future studies. The presented results will help to understand the role of the Arctic nearshore zone in the carbon cycle under a changing climate.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xv, ii, 85, xvii Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2022 (kumulative Dissertation) , TABLE OF CONTENTS Abstract Zusammenfassung Allgemeinverständliche Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables Funding Chapter 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background 1.1.1 Arctic Climate Change 1.1.2 The Arctic Nearshore Zone 1.1.3 Ocean Color Remote Sensing 1.2 Objectives 1.3 Study Area 1.4 Methods 1.4.1 Field Sampling 1.4.2 Data Processing 1.4.3 Satellite Imagery Processing 1.5 Thesis Structure 1.6 Author Contributions Chapter 2 Long-Term High-Resolution Sediment and Sea Surface Temperature Spatial Patterns in Arctic Nearshore Waters retrived using 30-year Landsat Archive Imagery 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Material and Methods 2.3.1 Regional Setting 2.3.2 Landsat Images Acquisition and Processing 2.3.3 Landsat Turbidity Retrieval 2.3.4 Transects in the nearshore zone 2.3.5 Wind Data 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Brightness Temperature 2.4.2 Surface Reflectance and Turbidity Mapping 2.4.3 Gradients in the nearshore zone 2.5 Discussion 2.6 Conclusion Appendix A Chapter 3 The Arctic Nearshore Turbidity Algorithm (ANTA) - A Multi Sensor Turbidity Algorithm for Arctic Nearshore Environments 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Regional setting 3.3.2 In-situ sampling 3.3.3 Optical data processing 3.3.4 Algorithm tuning 3.3.5 Satellite imagery processing 3.4 Results and Discussion 3.4.1 Turbidity and SPM 3.4.2 ANTA performance 3.4.3 Comparison with the Dogliotti et al., (2015) algorithm 3.4.4 Test and transfer of the ANTA 3.5 Conclusion Chapter 4 Drivers of Turbidity and its Seasonal Variability in the Nearshore Zone of Herschel Island Qikiqtaruk (western Canadian Arctic) 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Methods 4.3.1 Study Area 4.3.2 Satellite Imagery 4.3.3 In-situ data 4.3.4 Reanalysis data 4.4 Results and Discussion 4.4.1 Time Series Analysis 4.4.2 Drivers of turbidity 4.5 Conclusion Chapter 5 Synthesis 5.1 Applicability of Remote Sensing Algorithms in the Arctic Nearshore Zone 5.2 Drivers of Nearshore Turbidity 5.3 Spatial Variations of Nearshore Turbidity 5.4 Challenges and Outlook List of Acronyms Bibliography Danksagung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: AWI G5-23-95172
    Description / Table of Contents: Throughout the last ~3 million years, the Earth's climate system was characterised by cycles of glacial and interglacial periods. The current warm period, the Holocene, is comparably stable and stands out from this long-term cyclicality. However, since the industrial revolution, the climate has been increasingly affected by a human-induced increase in greenhouse gas concentrations. While instrumental observations are used to describe changes over the past ~200 years, indirect observations via proxy data are the main source of information beyond this instrumental era. These data are indicators of past climatic conditions, stored in palaeoclimate archives around the Earth. The proxy signal is affected by processes independent of the prevailing climatic conditions. In particular, for sedimentary archives such as marine sediments and polar ice sheets, material may be redistributed during or after the initial deposition and subsequent formation of the archive. This leads to noise in the records challenging reliable reconstructions on local or short time scales. This dissertation characterises the initial deposition of the climatic signal and quantifies the resulting archive-internal heterogeneity and its influence on the observed proxy signal to improve the representativity and interpretation of climate reconstructions from marine sediments and ice cores. To this end, the horizontal and vertical variation in radiocarbon content of a box-core from the South China Sea is investigated. The three-dimensional resolution is used to quantify the true uncertainty in radiocarbon age estimates from planktonic foraminifera with an extensive sampling scheme, including different sample volumes and replicated measurements of batches of small and large numbers of specimen. An assessment on the variability stemming from sediment mixing by benthic organisms reveals strong internal heterogeneity. Hence, sediment mixing leads to substantial time uncertainty of proxy-based reconstructions with error terms two to five times larger than previously assumed. A second three-dimensional analysis of the upper snowpack provides insights into the heterogeneous signal deposition and imprint in snow and firn. A new study design which combines a structure-from-motion photogrammetry approach with two-dimensional isotopic data is performed at a study site in the accumulation zone of the Greenland Ice Sheet. The photogrammetry method reveals an intermittent character of snowfall, a layer-wise snow deposition with substantial contributions by wind-driven erosion and redistribution to the final spatially variable accumulation and illustrated the evolution of stratigraphic noise at the surface. The isotopic data show the preservation of stratigraphic noise within the upper firn column, leading to a spatially variable climate signal imprint and heterogeneous layer thicknesses. Additional post-depositional modifications due to snow-air exchange are also investigated, but without a conclusive quantification of the contribution to the final isotopic signature. Finally, this characterisation and quantification of the complex signal formation in marine sediments and polar ice contributes to a better understanding of the signal content in proxy data which is needed to assess the natural climate variability during the Holocene.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xx, 167 Seiten : Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 (publikationsbasierte Dissertation) , CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction to climate reconstructions 1.1.1 Radiocarbon as a tracer of time 1.1.2 Environmental information stored in snow 1.2 Challenges of climate reconstructions 1.2.1 The particle flux 1.2.2 Modifications after the initial deposition 1.2.3 Sampling and measurement uncertainty 1.3 Objectives and overview of the thesis 1.4 Author contributions to the Manuscripts 2 Age-heterogeneity in marine sediments revealed by three-dimensional high-resolution radio-carbon measurements 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Methods 2.2.1 Study approach 2.2.2 Core setup and sampling 2.2.3 Estimation of the sediment accumulation rate 2.2.4 Estimation of the sediment mixing strength 2.2.5 Estimation of the net sediment displacement 2.2.6 Visual assessment of mixing 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Radiocarbon measurements 2.3.2 Sediment accumulation rate 2.3.3 Sediment mixing estimates 2.3.4 Spatial structure of sediment mixing 2.3.5 Components of age uncertainty 2.4 Discussion 2.4.1 Spatial scale of sediment heterogeneity 2.4.2 Potential implications for palaeo-reconstructions 2.4.3 Suggested 14C measurement strategy 2.5 Conclusions 2.6 Supplementary Material 2.6.1 Supplementary figures and tables 2.6.2 Supplementary table 3 Local-scale deposition of surface snow on the Greenland ice sheet 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Data and methods 3.2.1 Study site 3.2.2 SfM photogrammetry 3.2.3 Additional snow height and snowfall data 3.2.4 Estimation of surface roughness 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Relative snow heights from DEMs 3.3.2 Temporal snow height evolution 3.3.3 Day-to-day variations of snowfall 3.3.4 Changes in surface roughness 3.3.5 Implied internal structure of the snowpack 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Changes of surface structures 3.4.2 Implications for proxy data 3.4.3 Implications for snow accumulation 3.4.4 SfM as an efficient monitoring tool 3.5 Conclusions 3.6 Appendix 3.6.1 Additional information 3.6.2 Accuracy estimates and validation 3.6.3 Validation 3.6.4 Overall snow height evolution 3.6.5 Surface roughness 4 A snapshot on the buildup of the stable water isotopic signal in the upper snowpack at east-grip, Geenland ice sheet 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Methods and data 4.2.1 Study site 4.2.2 DEM generation 4.2.3 Isotope measurements 4.2.4 Simulation of the snowpack layering 4.2.5 Expected uncertainty 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Snow height evolution 4.3.2 Mean isotopic records 4.3.3 Combining isotopic data with snow height information 4.3.4 Observed vs. simulated composition 4.3.5 Changes in the isotope signal over time 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Evolution of the snow surface 4.4.2 Two-dimensional view of isotopes in snow 4.4.3 Buildup of the snowpack isotopic signal 4.5 Conclusion 5 General discussion and conclusions 5.1 Heterogeneity in sedimentary archives 5.1.1 Quantifying archive-internal heterogeneity 5.1.2 Relation between signal and heterogeneity 5.2 Methods to improve climate reconstructions 5.3 Implications for climate reconstructions 5.4 Concluding remarks Bibliography A the role of sublimation as a driver of climate signals in the water isotope content of surface snow: laboratory and field experimental results A.1 Introduction A.2 Methods A.2.1 Laboratory experimental methods A.2.2 Field experimental methods A.3 Results A.3.1 Laboratory experiments A.3.2 Field experiments A.4 Discussion A.5 Conclusions B Atmosphere-snow exchange explains surface snow isotope variability Acknowledgments Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: 9783030749132 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook introduces methods of geoscientific data acquisition using MATLAB in combination with inexpensive data acquisition hardware such as sensors in smartphones, sensors that come with the LEGO MINDSTORMS set, webcams with stereo microphones, and affordable spectral and thermal cameras. The text includes 35 exercises in data acquisition, such as using a smartphone to acquire stereo images of rock specimens from which to calculate point clouds, using visible and near-infrared spectral cameras to classify the minerals in rocks, using thermal cameras to differentiate between different types of surface such as between soil and vegetation, localizing a sound source using travel time differences between pairs of microphones to localize a sound source, quantifying the total harmonic distortion and signal-to-noise ratio of acoustic and elastic signals, acquiring and streaming meteorological data using application programming interfaces, wireless networks, and internet of things platforms, determining the spatial resolution of ultrasonic and optical sensors, and detecting magnetic anomalies using a smartphone magnetometer mounted on a LEGO MINDSTORMS scanner. The book’s electronic supplementary material (available online through Springer Link) contains recipes that include all the MATLAB commands featured in the book, the example data, the LEGO construction plans, photos and videos of the measurement procedures.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 340 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030749132 , 978-3-030-74913-2
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Data Acquisition in Earth Sciences 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Methods of Data Acquisition 1.3 Classroom-Sized Earth Science Experiments Recommended Reading 2 Introduction to MATLAB 2.1 MATLAB in Earth Sciences 2.2 Getting Started 2.3 The Syntax 2.4 Array Manipulation 2.5 Basic Visualization Tools 2.6 Generating Code to Recreate Graphics 2.7 Publishing and Sharing MATLAB Code 2.8 Exercises 2.8.1 Getting Started with MATLAB 2.8.2 Using MATLAB Help and Docs 2.8.3 Creating a Simple MATLAB Script 2.8.4 Creating Graphics with MATLAB 2.8.5 Collaborative Coding with MATLAB Recommended Reading 3 MATLAB Programming 3.1 Introduction to Programming 3.2 Data Types in MATLAB 3.3 Data Storage and Handling 3.4 Control Flow 3.5 Scripts and Functions 3.6 Creating Graphical User Interfaces 3.7 Exercises . 3.7.1 Communicating with the LEGO MINDSTORMS EV3 Brick 3.7.2 Controlling EV3 Motors Using an Ultrasonic Sensor 3.7.3 Reading Complex Text Files with MATLAB 3.7.4 Smartphone Sensors with MATLAB Mobile 3.7.5 Smartphone GPS Tracking with MATLAB Mobile Recommended Reading 4 Geometric Properties 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Position on the Earth’s Surface 4.3 Digital Elevation Models of the Earth’s Surface 4.4 Gridding and Contouring 4.5 Exercises 4.5.1 Dip and Dip Direction of Planar Features Using Smartphone Sensors 4.5.2 Precision and Accuracy of Ultrasonic Distance Measurements 4.5.3 Spatial Resolution of the LEGO EV3 Ultrasonic Sensor 4.5.4 Object Scanning with the LEGO EV3 Ultrasonic Sensor 4.5.5 Point Clouds from Multiple Smartphone Images Recommended Reading 5 Visible Light Images 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Visible Electromagnetic Waves 5.3 Acquiring Visible Digital Images 5.4 Storing Images on a Computer 5.5 Processing Images on a Computer 5.6 Image Enhancement, Correction and Rectification 5.7 Exercises 5.7.1 Smartphone Camera/Webcam Images with MATLAB 5.7.2 Enhancing, Rectifying and Referencing Images 5.7.3 Stitching Multiple Smartphone Images 5.7.4 Spatial Resolution of the LEGO EV3 Color Sensor 5.7.5 Scanning Images Using the LEGO EV3 Color Sensor Recommended Reading 6 Spectral Imaging 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Visible to Thermal Electromagnetic Radiation 6.3 Acquiring Spectral Images 6.4 Storing Spectral Images on a Computer 6.5 Processing Spectral Images on a Computer 6.6 Exercises 6.6.1 Infrared Spectrometry of Landscapes 6.6.2 Using Spectral Cameras in a Botanic Garden 6.6.3 Using RGB Cameras to Classify Minerals in Rocks 6.6.4 Using Spectral Cameras to Classify Minerals in Rocks 6.6.5 Thermal Imaging in a Roof Garden Recommended Reading 7 Acquisition of Elastic Signals 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Earth’s Elastic Properties 7.3 Acquiring Elastic Signals 7.4 Storing and Processing Elastic Signals 7.5 Exercises 7.5.1 Smartphone Seismometer 7.5.2 Smartphone Sonar for Distance Measurement 7.5.3 Use of Stereo Microphones to Locate a Sound Source 7.5.4 Sound in Time and Frequency Domains 7.5.5 Distortion of a Harmonic Signal Recommended Reading 8 Gravimetric, Magnetic and Weather Data 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Earth’s Gravity Field, Magnetic Field and Weather 8.3 Acquiring Gravimetric, Magnetic and Weather Data 8.4 Storing Gravimetric, Magnetic and Weather Data 8.5 Exercises 8.5.1 Measuring the Density of Minerals 8.5.2 Gravitational Acceleration 8.5.3 Position, Velocity and Acceleration 8.5.4 LEGO-Smartphone Magnetic Survey 8.5.5 ThingSpeak Weather Station Recommended Reading
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030780135 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book describes the structure, composition and evolution of the Earth, the main geological processes occurring on it, and how some crucial environmental matters that are amply debated in the media (e.g. pollution, greenhouse effect) can be fully understood by placing them in the holistic context of the system Earth as a whole. It provides basic information on a series of key geological issues, from the structure and composition of the Earth to the large-scale processes that characterize our planet, such as rock alteration and sedimentation, magmatism, geomagnetism, seismicity, plate tectonics, cyclical migration of chemical elements through various Earth reservoirs (Geochemical Cycles), and evolution of the planet from Hadean to present. It intends to reach a wide readership, which is interested in our planet and wish to have a general and comprehensive view of its origin, evolution and activity. Potential readership includes undergraduate and advanced undergraduate students in Geology and other scientific disciplines, and any moderately- to well-educated people interested in the surrounding world and eager to gain a basic knowledge of the Earth and to reach an integrated view of how our planet is working. Includes debated issues of the environmental changes by framing them within the evolution and history of the Earth.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 223 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2021, corrected publication 2022
    ISBN: 9783030780135 , 978-3-030-78013-5
    Uniform Title: Aria, Acqua, Terra, Fuoco Come funziona il sistema Terra
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 The World Hidden Beneath Us - Structure and Composition of the Earth 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Xenoliths, Meteorites, Earthquakes: Witnesses of the Underground World 1.3 The Structure and Composition of the Earth 1.3.1 The Compositional Layering: Core, Mantle, and Crust 1.3.2 The Mechanical Layering: Inner Core, Outer Core, Convective Mantle, and Lithosphere 1.4 Summary 1.5 Box 1.1 - Minerals and Rocks References 2 Air, Water, Earth - The Exogenic Geological Processes 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Rocks and Soils 2.3 The Atmosphere 2.4 The Hydrosphere 2.5 The Sedimentary Cycle: Air, Water and Earth at Work 2.5.1 Rocks Breakdown 2.5.2 Removal and Transportation of Weathering Products 2.5.3 Sediment Deposition 2.5.4 Diagenesis: Back to Rocks 2.6 The Remains of Mountains 2.7 The Fate of the Organic Matter 2.8 Summary 2.9 Box 2.1 - Water-Air-Earth Interaction: Some Basic Geochemistry 2.10 Box 2.2 - Limestone, a Most Meritorious Rock References 3 Fire - How Magmatism Shaped the Earth 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Magmas: What They Are, How They Form 3.3 Magmatism and the Structure of the Earth 3.3.1 From Chaos to Order 3.4 Volcanism 3.4.1 Types of Volcanic Eruptions 3.4.2 Volcanism and the Terrestrial Environment 3.4.3 Large Igneous Provinces and Mass Extinctions 3.5 Global Distribution of Magmatism 3.6 Summary 3.7 Box 3.1 - Magmatism: How and Why 3.7.1 Main Types of Magma 3.7.2 Ascent, Diversification and Solidification of Magmas 3.8 Box 3.2 - Heat Flow and Geothermal Energy 3.9 Box 3.3 - Magmatism and Ore Deposits References 4 Geomagnetism - The Space Shield of the Planet Earth 4.1 Introduction 4.2 The Earth’s Magnetic Field 4.3 Palaeomagnetism: The Magnetic Memory of Rocks 4.3.1 Magnetic Reversal 4.4 Palaeomagnetism, Continental Drift, and Ocean Floor Spreading 4.5 Summary 4.6 Box 4.1 - Geomagnetism: A Historical Perspective 4.7 Box 4.2 - Geomagnetism and the Biosphere References 5 Seismicity—The Breath of a Restless Earth 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Rock Failure, Earthquakes, and Faults 5.2.1 Stress and Rock Deformation 5.2.2 Earthquakes and Faults 5.3 Seismic Waves 5.4 Seismographs and Seismograms 5.5 Earthquake Magnitude, Intensity and Frequency 5.6 Global Distribution of Earthquakes 5.7 Summary 5.8 Box 5.1- Earthquake Effects, Prediction, Forecasting, and Mitigation References 6 Plate Tectonics - The Great Unifying Theory 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Fixism Versus Mobilism 6.2.1 The Theory of Continental Drift 6.2.2 From Continental Drift to Plate Tectonics 6.3 Plate Tectonics: The Framework 6.4 The Plate Boundaries 6.4.1 Divergent Boundaries 6.4.2 Convergent Boundaries 6.4.3 Transform Boundaries 6.5 Why Do Plates Move? 6.6 Where, When and Why Does Subduction Start 6.7 Summary 6.8 Box 6.1 - Linear Volcanism and Hotspots 6.9 Box 6.2 - The Continents References 7 Geochemical Cycles - The Circulatory System of Planet Earth 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Geochemical Cycles: Some Definitions 7.3 The Water Cycle 7.4 The Sodium Cycle 7.5 The Carbon Biogeochemical Cycle 7.6 The Phosphorus Biogeochemical Cycle 7.7 The Nitrogen Biogeochemical Cycle 7.8 The Oxygen Cycle 7.9 The Iron Cycle 7.10 The Geochemical Cycles of Lead and Arsenic 7.11 Summary 7.12 Box 7.1 The Rock Cycle 7.13 Box 7.2 The Geochemical Cycles and the Age of the Earth References 8 The Geochemical Cycles and the Environment - How Man is Changing the Earth 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Geochemical Cycles and Environmental Pollution 8.2.1 Toxic Elements 8.2.2 Phosphorus and Nitrogen Compounds 8.3 Environmental Aspects of the Carbon Cycle 8.3.1 CO2 and the Ocean Acidification 8.3.2 CO2 and the Greenhouse Effect 8.3.3 CO2 and Climatic Change: A Geological Perspective 8.3.4 A Lesson for the Future 8.4 Plastic Waste Pollution 8.5 Summary 8.6 Box 8.1 - Stable Isotopes: Measuring the Temperature of the Past 8.6.1 Some Basics of Isotope Geochemistry 8.6.2 The Delta Notation 8.6.3 Oxygen-Hydrogen Isotope Geothermometry 8.7 Box 8.2 - CO2 Sequestration: The message from Decameron References 9 From Hadean to Anthropocene - The Endless Story of a Lucky Planet 9.1 Introduction 9.2 From the Solar Nebula to the Formation of Planets 9.3 Hadean: The Hellish Aeon (~4600–4000 Ma) 9.4 Archaean (4000–2500 Ma): The Dawn of Life and the Start of Modern Plate Tectonics 9.5 Proterozoic (2500–541 Ma): Oxygen, Eukaryotes, Supercontinents 9.6 Phanerozoic: The explosion of Complex Organisms (541–0 Ma) 9.6.1 The Spread of Animals and Plants 9.7 Finally, The Anthropocene 9.8 The Gaia Hypothesis 9.9 Summary 9.10 Box 9.1 - Geochronology: How Ages of Rocks, Fossils and Geologic Events Are Determined 9.10.1 Relative Age of Rocks and Fossils 9.10.2 Absolute Age References 10 Epilogue 10.1 The Earth Anomaly 10.2 The Best of All Possible Worlds 10.3 Historical Times, Geological Times 10.4 Technology, Natural Resources and Environmental Impact 10.5 Natura, Non Nisi Parendo Vincitur Correction to: Air, Water, Earth, Fire Further Reading Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: 9789811614903 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book comprehensively summarizes the biological mechanisms of coloration and pattern formation of animals at molecular and cellular level, offering up-to-date knowledge derived from remarkable progress in the last 10 years. The brilliant coloration, conspicuous patterns and spectacular color changes displayed by some vertebrates and invertebrates are generally their strategies of the utmost importance for survival. Consists of mainly three parts, starts with introductory chapter, such as Pigments and Pigment Organelles, Developmental Genetics of Pigment Cell Formation, Adult Pigment Patterns, and Color Changes, this book introduces new pigment compounds in addition to classically known pigments and organelles, explains how the generation of multiple types of pigment cell is genetically controlled, describes the mechanisms underlying the zebrafish stripe formation as well as other animals and also summarizes the mechanism of physiological and morphological color changes of teleost, amphibian and cephalopod. Written by experts in the field, this book will be essential reading for graduate students and researchers in biological fields who are interested in pigmentation mechanisms of animals.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 472 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811614903 , 978-981-16-1490-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Pigments and Pigment Organelles 1 Pigments in Insects / Ryo Futahashi and Mizuko Osanai-Futahashi 2 Melanins in Vertebrates / Kazumasa Wakamatsu and Shosuke Ito 3 Body Color Expression in Birds / Toyoko Akiyama and Keiji Kinoshita 4 Pigments in Teleosts and their Biosynthesis / Tetsuaki Kimura 5 Bioluminescence and Pigments / José Paitio and Yuichi Oba Part II Pigment Cell and Patterned Pigmentation 6 Development of Melanin-Bearing Pigment Cells in Birds and Mammals / Heinz Arnheiter and Julien Debbache 7 Pigment Cell Development in Teleosts / Hisashi Hashimoto, Makoto Goda, and Robert N. Kelsh 8 Pigment Patterning in Teleosts / Jennifer Owen, Christian Yates, and Robert N. Kelsh 9 Theoretical Studies of Pigment Pattern Formation / Seita Miyazawa, Masakatsu Watanabe, and Shigeru Kondo 10 Evolution of Pigment Pattern Formation in Teleosts / David M. Parichy and Yipeng Liang 11 Mechanisms of Feather Structural Coloration and Pattern Formation in Birds / Shinya Yoshioka and Toyoko Akiyama 12 Mechanism of Color Pattern Formation in Insects / Yuichi Fukutomi and Shigeyuki Koshikawa Part III Color Changes 13 Physiological and Morphological Color Changes in Teleosts and in Reptiles / Makoto Goda and Takeo Kuriyama 14 Color Change in Cephalopods / Yuzuru Ikeda 15 Physiological and Biochemical Mechanisms of Insect Color Change Towards Understanding Molecular Links / Minoru Moriyama
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: 9783030335663 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents current knowledge on chemistry and physics of Arctic atmosphere. Special attention is given to studies of the Arctic haze phenomenon, Arctic tropospheric clouds, Arctic fog, polar stratospheric and mesospheric clouds, atmospheric dynamics, thermodynamics and radiative transfer as related to the polar environment. The atmosphere-cryosphere feedbacks and atmospheric remote sensing techniques are presented in detail. The problems of climate change in the Arctic are also addressed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 717 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030335663 , 978-3-030-33566-3
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Dynamical Processes in the Arctic Atmosphere / Marius O. Jonassen, Dmitry Chechin, Alexey Karpechko,Christof Lüpkes, Thomas Spengler, Annick Tepstra, Timo Vihma,and Xiangdong Zhang 2 Thermodynamics of the Arctic Atmosphere / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Oxana Drofa, and Mauro Mazzola 3 Trace Gases in the Arctic Atmosphere / Kimberly Strong, William R. Simpson, Kristof Bognar,Rodica Lindenmaier, and Sébastien Roche 4 Arctic Aerosols / Roberto Udisti, Rita Traversi, Silvia Becagli, Claudio Tomasi,Mauro Mazzola, Angelo Lupi, and Patricia K. Quinn 5 A Climatological Overview of Arctic Clouds / Abhay Devasthale, Joseph Sedlar, Michael Tjernström,and Alexander Kokhanovsky 6 Arctic Ice Fog: Its Microphysics and Prediction / Ismail Gultepe, Andrew J. Heymsfield, and Martin Gallagher 7 Polar Stratospheric Clouds in the Arctic / Francesco Cairo and Tiziana Colavitto 8 Noctilucent Clouds: General Properties and Remote Sensing / Christian von Savigny, Gerd Baumgarten, and Franz-Josef Lübkenix 9 Remote Sensing of Arctic Atmospheric Aerosols / Alexander Kokhanovsky, Claudio Tomasi, Alexander Smirnov,Andreas Herber, Roland Neuber, André Ehrlich, Angelo Lupi, Boyan H. Petkov, Mauro Mazzola, Christoph Ritter, Carlos Toledano,Thomas Carlund, Vito Vitale, Brent Holben, Tymon Zielinski,Simon Bélanger, Pierre Larouche, Stefan Kinne, Vladimir Radionov,Manfred Wendisch, Jason L. Tackett, and David M. Winker 10 Radiation in the Arctic Atmosphere and Atmosphere –Cryosphere Feedbacks / Claudio Tomasi, Boyan H. Petkov, Angelo Lupi, Mauro Mazzola,Christian Lanconelli, and Ismail Gultepe 11 Climate Change in the Arctic / Torben Koenigk, Jeff Key, and Timo Vihma Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Call number: 9783030756024 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides examples of pollutants, such as accidental oil spills and non-degradable plastic debris, which affect marine organisms of all taxa. Terrestrial runoff washes large amounts of dissolved organic materials from agriculture and industry, toxic heavy metals, pharmaceuticals, and persistent organic pollutants which end up into rivers, coastal habitats, and open waters. While this book is not intended to encyclopaedically list all kinds of pollution, it rather exemplifies the problems by concentrating on a number of serious and prominent recent developments. The chapters in this book also discuss measures to decrease and remove aquatic pollution to mitigate the stress on aquatic organisms. Aquatic ecosystems provide a wide range of ecological and economical services. In addition to providing a large share of the staple diet for a fast growing human population, oceans absorb most of the anthropogenically emitted carbon dioxide and mitigate climate change. As well as rising temperatures and ocean acidification, pollution poses increasing problems for aquatic ecosystems and organisms reducing its functioning and services which are exposed to a plethora of stress factors.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 426 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030756024 , 978-3-030-75602-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Donat-P. Häder, E. Walter Helbling, and Virginia E. Villafañe 2 Pollution Affecting Cyanobacteria in Aquatic Habitats / Abha Pandey, Sonal Mishra, Neha Kumari, Vidya Singh, and Rajeshwar P. Sinha 3 Effects of Pollution on Fish / Donat-P. Häder 4 Effects of Pollution in Aquatic Food Chains / Raúl González, Cristian Durante, Marina Arcagni, Romina Juncos, Juan Seco Pon, Enrique Crespo, and Maite Narvarte 5 Pollution in the Arctic Ocean / Sten-Åke Wängberg and Göran Björk 6 Contamination of Coral Reefs in the Mexican Caribbean / Anastazia T. Banaszak 7 Input of Terrestrial Material into Coastal Patagonian Waters and Its Effects on Phytoplankton Communities from the Chubut River Estuary (Argentina) / Juan I. Vizzo, Marco J. Cabrerizo, Virginia E. Villafañe, and E. Walter Helbling 8 Marine Eutrophication: Overview from Now to the Future / Paulo Antunes Horta, Leonardo Rubi Rörig, Giulia Burle Costa, José Bonomi Baruffi, Eduardo Bastos, Lyllyan Santos Rocha, Giovanna Destri, and Alessandra Larissa Fonseca 9 Anthropogenic Pollution of Coastal Ecosystems in Brazil / Sebastian M. Strauch and Gilmar S. Erzinger 10 Hydrochemical Insight and Groundwater Supply: A Case Study of Patagonia’s Chubut River / Américo I. Torres, Luis F. H. Niencheski, Verena A. Campodonico, Andrea I. Pasquini, Mauricio Faleschini, and Pedro J. Depetris 11 Pharmaceutical Pollutants in Aquatic Ecosystems / Gilmar S. Erzinger, Sebastian M. Strauch, Monique Fröhlich, Carla Keite Machado, and Lineu del Ciampo 12 Detergents Pollution in Freshwater Ecosystems / Azizullah Azizullah, Sarzamin Khan, Sabeela Rehman, Nadia Taimur, and Donat-P. Häder 13 Heavy Metals Pollution in Surface Waters of Pakistan / Azizullah Azizullah, Nadia Taimur, Sarzamin Khan, and Donat-P. Häder 14 Arsenic Pollution / Donat-P. Häder 15 Petroleum Hydrocarbons in Atlantic Coastal Patagonia / Marina L. Nievas El Makte, Rosana Polifroni, Marcela A. Sepúlveda, and Ana Fazio 16 Dumping of Toxic Waste into the Oceans / Donat-P. Häder 17 Microplastics as Pollutants in the Marine Environment / Anthony Andrady and Liping Zhu 18 Effects of Ocean Acidification on Marine Primary Producers and Related Ecological Processes Under Multiple Stressors / Peng Jin and Kunshan Gao
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham, Switzerland : Springer
    Call number: 9783030468620 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book gives an overview of the tectonic, geological, potential fields, etc maps of the Arctic that were compiled during geological and geophysical studies conducted in the Arctic over the past 15 years under the International project “Atlas of Geological Maps of the Circumpolar Arctic at a scale of 5M” and presents the results of geological, geophysical, paleogeographic and tectonic studies carried out in the Arctic Ocean and the Eastern Arctic during the implementation of national mapping and scientific programmes and studies intended to provide scientific substantiation for the extension of the continental shelf (ECS). Given its scope, the book will appeal to a wide range of geologists. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 208 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030468620 , 978-3-030-46862-0
    ISSN: 2197-9545 , 2197-9553
    Series Statement: Springer geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents New Tectonic Map of the Arctic / O. V. Petrov, M. Pubellier, S. P. Shokalsky, A. F. Morozov, Yu. B. Kazmin, S. N. Kashubin, V. A. Vernikovsky, M. Smelror, H. Brekke, V. D. Kaminsky, and I. I. Pospelov Deep Structures of the Circumpolar Arctic / S. N. Kashubin, O. V. Petrov, V. A. Poselov, S. P. Shokalsky, E. D. Milshtein, and T. P. Litvinova Arctic Sedimentary Cover Structure and Eastern Arctic Structure Maps / L. A. Daragan-Sushchova, E. O. Petrov, O. V. Petrov, and N. N. Sobolev Geological and Paleogeographic Map of the Eastern Arctic / O. V. Petrov, E. O. Petrov, N. N. Sobolev, D. I. Leontiev, and V. N. Zinchenko Study of the Arctic Seabed Rocks / O. V. Petrov, S. P. Shokalsky, T. Yu. Tolmacheva, O. L. Kossovaya, and S. A. Sergeev Geology of the Eastern Arctic Islands and Continental Fridge of the Arctic Seas / O. V. Petrov, N. N. Sobolev, S. D. Sokolov, A. V. Prokopiev, V. F. Proskurnin, E. O. Petrov, and T. Yu. Tolmacheva Correlation of Chukotka, Wrangel Island and the Mendeleev Rise / M. I. Tuchkova, S. P. Shokalsky, S. D. Sokolov, and O. V. Petrov Tectonic Model and Evolution of the Arctic / O. V. Petrov, S. N. Kashubin, S. P. Shokalsky, S. D. Sokolov, E. O. Petrov, and M. I. Tuchkova
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: 9783030384418 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: MATLAB® is used in a wide range of geoscientific applications, e.g. for image processing in remote sensing, for creating and processing digital elevation models, and for analyzing time series. This book introduces readers to MATLAB-based data analysis methods used in the geosciences, including basic statistics for univariate, bivariate and multivariate datasets, time-series analysis, signal processing, the analysis of spatial and directional data, and image analysis. The revised and updated Fifth Edition includes seven new sections, and the majority of the chapters have been rewritten and significantly expanded. New sections include error analysis, the problem of classical linear regression of log-transformed data, aligning stratigraphic sequences, the Normalized Difference Vegetation Index, Aitchison’s log-ratio transformation, graphical representation of spherical data, and statistics of spherical data. The book also includes numerous examples demonstrating how MATLAB can be used on datasets from the earth sciences. The supplementary electronic material (available online through SpringerLink) contains recipes that include all the MATLAB commands featured in the book and the sample data.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 517 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Fifth edition
    ISBN: 9783030384418 , 978-3-030-38441-8
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Data Analysis in Earth Sciences 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Data Collection 1.3 Types of Data 1.4 Methods of Data Analysis Recommended Reading 2 Introduction to MATLAB 2.1 MATLAB in Earth Sciences 2.2 Getting Started 2.3 The Syntax 2.4 Array Manipulation 2.5 Data Types in MATLAB 2.6 Data Storage and Handling 2.7 Control Flow 2.8 Scripts and Functions 2.9 Basic Visualization Tools 2.10 Generating Code to Recreate Graphics 2.11 Publishing and Sharing MATLAB Code 2.12 Creating Graphical User Interfaces Recommended Reading 3 Univariate Statistics 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Empirical Distributions 3.3 Examples of Empirical Distributions 3.4 Theoretical Distributions 3.5 Examples of Theoretical Distributions 3.6 Hypothesis Testing 3.7 The t-Test 3.8 The F-Test 3.9 The v2-Test 3.10 The Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test 3.11 Mann-Whitney Test 3.12 The Ansari-Bradley Test 3.13 Distribution Fitting 3.14 Error Analysis Recommended Reading 4 Bivariate Statistics 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Correlation Coefficients 4.3 Classical Linear Regression Analysis 4.4 Analyzing the Residuals 4.5 Bootstrap Estimates of the Regression Coefficients 4.6 Jackknife Estimates of the Regression Coefficients 4.7 Cross Validation 4.8 Reduced Major Axis Regression 4.9 Curvilinear Regression 4.10 Nonlinear and Weighted Regression 4.11 Classical Linear Regression of Log-Transformed Data Recommended Reading 5 Time-Series Analysis 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Generating Signals 5.3 Auto-Spectral and Cross-Spectral Analysis 5.4 Examples of Auto-Spectral and Cross-Spectral Analysis 5.5 Interpolating and Analyzing Unevenly-Spaced Data 5.6 Evolutionary Power Spectrum 5.7 Lomb-Scargle Power Spectrum 5.8 Wavelet Power Spectrum 5.9 Detecting Abrupt Transitions in Time Series 5.10 Aligning Stratigraphic Sequences 5.11 Nonlinear Time-Series Analysis (by N. Marwan) Recommended Reading 6 Signal Processing 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Generating Signals 6.3 Linear Time-Invariant Systems 6.4 Convolution, Deconvolution and Filtering 6.5 Comparing Functions for Filtering Data Series 6.6 Recursive and Nonrecursive Filters 6.7 Impulse Response 6.8 Frequency Response 6.9 Filter Design 6.10 Adaptive Filtering Recommended Reading 7 Spatial Data 7.1 Types of Spatial Data 7.2 The Global Geography Database GSHHG 7.3 The 1 Arc-Minute Gridded Global Relief Data ETOPO1 7.4 The 30 Arc-Seconds Elevation Model GTOPO30 7.5 The Shuttle Radar Topography Mission SRTM 7.6 Exporting 3D Graphics to Create Interactive Documents 7.7 Gridding and Contouring 7.8 Comparison of Methods and Potential Artifacts 7.9 Statistics of Point Distributions 7.10 Analysis of Digital Elevation Models (by R. Gebbers) 7.11 Geostatistics and Kriging (by R. Gebbers) Recommended Reading 8 Image Processing 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Data Storage 8.3 Importing, Processing and Exporting Images 8.4 Importing, Processing and Exporting LANDSAT Images 8.5 Importing and Georeferencing TERRA ASTER Images 8.6 Processing and Exporting EO-1 Hyperion Images 8.7 Digitizing from the Screen 8.8 Image Enhancement, Correction and Rectification 8.9 Color-Intensity Transects Across Varved Sediments 8.10 Grain Size Analysis from Microscope Images 8.11 Quantifying Charcoal in Microscope Images 8.12 Shape-Based Object Detection in Images 8.13 The Normalized Difference Vegetation Index Recommended Reading 9 Multivariate Statistics 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Principal Component Analysis 9.3 Independent Component Analysis (by N. Marwan) 9.4 Discriminant Analysis 9.5 Cluster Analysis 9.6 Multiple Linear Regression 9.7 Aitchison’s Log-Ratio Transformation Recommended Reading 10 Directional Data 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Graphical Representation of Circular Data 10.3 Empirical Distributions of Circular Data 10.4 Theoretical Distributions of Circular Data 10.5 Test for Randomness of Circular Data 10.6 Test for the Significance of a Mean Direction 10.7 Test for the Difference between Two Sets of Directions 10.8 Graphical Representation of Spherical Data 10.9 Statistics of Spherical Data Recommended Reading
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Marburg] : H4O - Heroes for the Ocean
    Call number: AWI G2-24-95628
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 200 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24.5 cm x 19.5 cm, 850 g
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783000752018 , 978-3-00-075201-8
    Series Statement: Edition 1 - Ostsee - Nordsee, Nordatlantik
    Language: German
    Note: INHALT Vorwort ERSTER TEIL Faszination Ozean Im Reich der Tiefe Astronaut auf Erden Die Stimme der Meere ZWEITER TEIL Am Abgrund der Meere Der Schatz von Helgoland Geisterjagd vor Rügen Am Limit DRITTER TEIL Der Weg nach vorn Unscheinbarer Superheld Grundreinigung Mut zur Hoffnung Dein Leben für den Ozean DANKSAGUNG DIE AUTOREN IMPRESSUM BILDNACHWEIS
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Call number: 9783658404673 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Dieses Buch bietet einen Überblick über ein komplexes, auch an Hochschulen und Forschungseinrichtungen zunehmend sichtbarer werdendes gesellschaftliches Problem: Sexualisierte Belästigung, Diskriminierung und Gewalt (SBDG). Die vielfältigen Aspekte, rechtlichen Fragen und komplexen Erscheinungsformen machen das Thema in einem hierarchischen Umfeld mit vielfach undurchsichtigen Verantwortungsstrukturen zu einer organisationalen und individuellen Herausforderung. 16 Beiträge nehmen die vielfältigen Erscheinungsformen und Ausprägungen als Forschungsgegenstand und Teil des organisationalen Alltags in den Blick. Sie erläutern den Umgang mit SBDG in verschiedenen Kontexten und Räumen in der Wissenschaft aus verschiedenen Perspektiven und informieren über Strukturen zur Prävention. Dieses Werk ist eine orientierende Handreichung für alle, die im universitären und/oder Forschungsbereich arbeiten, Personalverantwortung tragen, die Entwicklung von akademischen Einrichtungen begleiten und nicht zuletzt für all jene, die von sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt in hochschulischen Kontexten direkt betroffen oder ihr indirekt begegnet sind. Der Inhalt Kritische Perspektiven auf Recht, Struktur und Daten Perspektiven auf spezifische Herausforderungen von Settings und Hochschultypen Perspektiven auf Strukturen, Umgangsweisen und Lösungsansätze Erweiterung der Perspektive Perspektiven internationaler Hochschulkontexte Die Herausgeberinnen Dr. Heike Pantelmann ist Geschäftsführerin des Margherita-von-Brentano-Zentrums für Geschlechterforschung an der Freien Universität Berlin. Sie leitet den Forschungsschwerpunkt Sexualisierte Belästigung, Diskriminierung und Gewalt (SBDG) des Margherita-von-Brentano-Zentrums. Neben der wissenschaftlichen und hochschulpolitischen Arbeit gibt sie Workshops im Themenfeld. Dr. Sabine Blackmore ist langjährige Gleichstellungsakteurin an Berliner Hochschulen sowie Coach und Trainerin für Wissenschaft und Gleichstellung. Sowohl in ihrer hochschulischen Tätigkeit als auch in ihrer jetzigen Tätigkeit als Coach und Trainerin arbeitet Sabine Blackmore vertieft zu dem Thema SBDG im hochschulischen Kontext. Sie berät Hochschulen und Stiftungen und arbeitet mit Führungskräften, Betroffenen und Bystandern.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 233 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: korrigierte Publikation 2023
    ISBN: 9783658404673 , 978-3-658-40467-3
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung: S(B)DG im Hochschulkontext – Einführung und Überblick / Heike Pantelmann und Sabine Blackmore Teil I Kritische Perspektiven auf Recht, Struktur und Daten 2 „Islands of Empowerment“ – Recht als Instrument der Selbstermächtigung gegen rassistische und sexistische Diskriminierung / Doris Liebscher 3 Nein heißt nein: Universitäre Maßnahmen gegen sexualisierte Belästigung, Diskriminierung und Gewalt. Richtlinien, Beratung, Prävention / Tanja Wälty und Heike Pantelmann 4 International vergleichende Forschung über Formen geschlechtsbezogener Gewalt in Wissenschaftsorganisationen / Anke Lipinsky und Claudia Schredl Teil II Perspektiven auf spezifische Herausforderungen von Settings und Hochschultypen 5 Umgang mit sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt in der Universitätsmedizin in Theorie und Praxis / Pia Djermester, Sabine C. Jenner und Sabine Oertelt-Prigione 6 Zum Umgang mit Nähe und Distanz – good practice an Musikhochschulen / Birgit Fritzen und Martina Bick 7 Kunst braucht Nähe. Nähe braucht Regeln. Vom professionellen Umgang mit Grenzen in der musikalischen Ausbildung an Musikhochschulen / Antje Kirschning 8 Für ein gutes Miteinander auf See. Eine Initiative zur Prävention von sexualisierten Grenzverletzungen auf Forschungsfahrten / Kristin Hamann, Nikole Lorenz, Catharina Jäcke und Ulrike Schroller-Lomnitz Teil III Perspektiven auf Strukturen, Umgang und Lösungsansätze 9 Die Hochschule – ein möglichst sicherer Ort! Elemente eines Schutzkonzepts zur Prävention von und zum Umgang mit sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt / Ulrike Richter, Sünne Andresen, Elisa Kassin und Holger Specht 10 „Na, dann brauchen wir wohl einen Workshop oder Coaching …“ – Trainings und Coaching als Instrumente in der hochschulischen Arbeit bei Fällen von sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt / Sabine Blackmore und Lisa Horvath 11 Beratung bei sexualisierter Belästigung, Diskriminierung und Gewalt: Ein Schulungskonzept für Hochschulen / Brigitte Reysen-Kostudis und Wendy Stollberg 12 Sensibilisierung zum Thema „Sexualisierte Diskriminierung und Gewalt“ im Rahmen der jährlichen Sicherheitsunterweisung nach Arbeitsschutzgesetz – eine präventive Maßnahme / Robin von Both, Britta Bergfeldt und Birgid Langer Teil IV Erweiterung der Perspektive 13 Intersektionalität, Repräsentanz und safer spaces bei sexualisierter Diskriminierung und Gewalt an Hochschulen / Gabriele Rosenstreich 14 Gender.Macht.Wissenschaft – Akademischer Aktivismus. Ein Bericht über aktivistische Schreib- und Arbeitsprozesse / AG Gender.Macht.Wissenschaft Teil V Perspektiven internationaler Hochschulkontexte 15 Tackling Sexual Harassment and Violence in Universities: Seven Lessons from the UK / Alison Phipps 16 Green Tides and Pink Glitter: A Brief Account of the 21st-century Feminist Movement in Mexican Higher Education / Kenya Herrera Bórquez 17 Sexual Violence in the University Environment in Mexico: Some Reflections on its Manifestations and its Relationship with Feminist Activism / Daniela Cerva Cerna und Marcela Suárez Estrada Erratum zu: Zum Umgang mit Nähe und Distanz – good practice an Musikhochschulen / Birgit Fritzen und Martina Bick
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95736
    Description / Table of Contents: Moss-microbe associations are often characterised by syntrophic interactions between the microorganisms and their hosts, but the structure of the microbial consortia and their role in peatland development remain unknown. In order to study microbial communities of dominant peatland mosses, Sphagnum and brown mosses, and the respective environmental drivers, four study sites representing different successional stages of natural northern peatlands were chosen on a large geographical scale: two brown moss-dominated, circumneutral peatlands from the Arctic and two Sphagnum-dominated, acidic peat bogs from subarctic and temperate zones. The family Acetobacteraceae represented the dominant bacterial taxon of Sphagnum mosses from various geographical origins and displayed an integral part of the moss core community. This core community was shared among all investigated bryophytes and consisted of few but highly abundant prokaryotes, of which many appear as endophytes of Sphagnum mosses. Moreover, brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses represent habitats for archaea which were not studied in association with peatland mosses so far. Euryarchaeota that are capable of methane production (methanogens) displayed the majority of the moss-associated archaeal communities. Moss-associated methanogenesis was detected for the first time, but it was mostly negligible under laboratory conditions. Contrarily, substantial moss-associated methane oxidation was measured on both, brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses, supporting that methanotrophic bacteria as part of the moss microbiome may contribute to the reduction of methane emissions from pristine and rewetted peatlands of the northern hemisphere. Among the investigated abiotic and biotic environmental parameters, the peatland type and the host moss taxon were identified to have a major impact on the structure of moss-associated bacterial communities, contrarily to archaeal communities whose structures were similar among the investigated bryophytes. For the first time it was shown that different bog development stages harbour distinct bacterial communities, while at the same time a small core community is shared among all investigated bryophytes independent of geography and peatland type. The present thesis displays the first large-scale, systematic assessment of bacterial and archaeal communities associated both with brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses. It suggests that some host-specific moss taxa have the potential to play a key role in host moss establishment and peatland development.
    Description / Table of Contents: Während die Beziehungen zwischen Moosen und den mit ihnen assoziierten Mikroorganismen oft durch syntrophische Wechselwirkungen charakterisiert sind, ist die Struktur der Moos-assoziierten mikrobiellen Gemeinschaften sowie deren Rolle bei der Entstehung von Mooren weitgehend unbekannt. Die vorliegende Arbeit befasst sich mit mikrobiellen Gemeinschaften, die mit Moosen nördlicher, naturnaher Moore assoziiert sind, sowie mit den Umweltfaktoren, die sie beeinflussen. Entlang eines groß angelegten geographischen Gradienten, der von der Hocharktis bis zur gemäßigten Klimazone reicht, wurden vier naturbelassene Moore als Probenstandorte ausgesucht, die stellvertretend für verschiedene Stadien der Moorentwicklung stehen: zwei Braunmoos-dominierte Niedermoore mit nahezu neutralem pH-Wert sowie zwei Sphagnum-dominierte Torfmoore mit saurem pH-Wert. Die Ergebnisse der vorliegenden Arbeit machen deutlich, dass die zu den Bakterien zählenden Acetobacteraceae das vorherrschende mikrobielle Taxon der Sphagnum-Moose gleich welchen geographischen Ursprungs darstellen und insbesondere innerhalb des Wirtsmoosgewebes dominieren. Gleichzeitig gehörten die Acetobacteraceae zum wesentlichen Bestandteil der mikrobiellen Kerngemeinschaft aller untersuchten Moose, die sich aus einigen wenigen Arten, dafür zahlreich vorkommenden Prokaryoten zusammensetzt. Die vorliegende Arbeit zeigt zudem erstmals, dass sowohl Braunmoose als auch Torfmoose ein Habitat für Archaeen darstellen. Die Mehrheit der Moos-assoziierten Archaeen gehörte dabei zu den methanbildenden Gruppen, wenngleich die metabolischen Aktivitätsraten unter Laborbedingungen meistens kaum messbar waren. Im Gegensatz hierzu konnte die Bakterien-vermittelte Methanoxidation sowohl an Braunmoosen als auch an Sphagnum-Moosen gemessen werden. Dies zeigt eindrucksvoll, dass Moos-assoziierte Bakterien potenziell zur Minderung von Methanemissionen aus nördlichen, aber auch wiedervernässten Mooren beitragen können. Ein weiteres wichtiges Resultat der vorliegenden Arbeit ist die Bedeutung des Moortyps (Niedermoor oder Torfmoor), aber auch der Wirtsmoosart selbst für die Struktur der Moos-assoziierten Bakteriengemeinschaften, während die archaeellen Gemeinschaftsstrukturen weder vom Moortyp noch von der Wirtsmoosart beeinflusst wurden und sich insgesamt deutlich ähnlicher waren als die der Bakterien. Darüber hinaus konnte erstmalig gezeigt werden, dass sich die bakteriellen Gemeinschaften innerhalb der unterschiedlichen Moorsukzessionsstadien zwar ganz erheblich voneinander unterscheiden, ein kleiner Teil der Bakterien dennoch Kerngemeinschaften bilden, die mit allen untersuchten Moosarten assoziiert waren. Bei der hier präsentierten Arbeit handelt es sich um die erste systematische Studie, die sich auf einer großen geographischen Skala mit den bakteriellen und archaeellen Gemeinschaften von Braunmoosen und Torfmoosen aus naturbelassenen nördlichen Mooren befasst. Die vorliegenden Ergebnisse machen deutlich, dass die untersuchten Moose ein ganz spezifisches mikrobielles Konsortium beherbergen, welches mutmaßlich eine Schlüsselrolle bei der Etablierung der Wirtspflanzen am Anfang der Moorentwicklung spielt und darüber hinaus das Potential hat, die charakteristischen Eigenschaften von Mooren sowie deren weitere Entwicklung zu prägen.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XX, 139, liv Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Content Preface Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung Abbreviations 1. Introduction 1.1. Peatlands 1.1.1. Peatland development and peat bog succession 1.1.2. Characteristic peatlands of the northern hemisphere 1.1.3. Anthropogenic threats of northern peatlands 1.1.4. Peat bog restoration 1.2. Peatland bryophytes 1.2.1. Brown mosses 1.2.2. Sphagnum mosses 1.3. Moss microbiota 1.3.1. Moss-associated bacteria 1.3.2. Moss-associated archaea 1.3.3. Endophytic prokaryotic communities 1.4. Biotic and abiotic influences on moss-associated microorganisms 1.5. Objectives 1.6. Study sites 1.6.1. High Arctic peatlands of Svalbard (SV) 1.6.2. Polygonal Tundra of Samoylov (SA) 1.6.3. Palsa Bogs of Neiden (NEI) 1.6.4. Kettle Bog Peatlands of Mueritz National Park (MUE) 2. Material and Methods 2.1. Sampling scheme overview 2.2. Sampling of pore water 2.3. Sampling of moss plantlets 2.4. Analysis of pore water chemistry 2.5. Cell wall analysis 2.5.1. Cation exchange capacity (CEC) 2.5.2. Holocellulose (HC) 2.5.3. Lignin and Lignin-like polymers (LLP) 2.5.4. Bulk moss litter analysis 2.6. Moss surface sterilisation and separation of putative epiphytic and endophytic microbial communities 2.7. DNA extraction and sequencing 2.8. Sequence analyses and bioinformatics 2.9. Statistical analyses 2.10. Potential methane production and oxidation assays 2.10.1. Surface sterilisation prior to activity tests 2.10.2. Methane production 2.10.3. Methane oxidation 3. Results 3.1. Peatland bulk and pore water characteristics 3.2. Diversity and structure of natural peatland microbial communities 3.3. Environmental drivers of moss-associated microbial communities 3.4. Microbial taxa associated with brown mosses and Sphagnum mosses 3.4.1. Moss-associated bacteria 3.4.2. Moss-associated archaea 3.4.3. Bacterial and archaeal core communities 3.4.4. Acetobacteraceae as dominant taxon of the bacterial core community 3.5. Sphagnum bacteriomes of disturbed, rewetted and pristine temperate kettle bog 3.6. Potential moss-associated methane production and methane oxidation rates 3.6.1. Moss-associated methane production 3.6.2. Moss-associated methane oxidation 4. Discussion 4.1. Environmental influences on moss-associated bacterial communities 4.2. Moss-associated archaeal communities and their environmental drivers 4.3. Distinct patterns of endophytic bacteria 4.4. The core microbiota and their possible role for peatland succession 4.5. The potential role of Acetobacteraceae for Sphagnum host mosses and bog ecosystems 4.6. Moss-associated microbial communities of the methane cycle and their potential metabolic activity 4.7. Diversity and structure of Sphagnum bacteriomes from pristine, disturbed and rewetted kettle bogs 5. Conclusion 6. Critical remarks and outlook 6.1. Critical remarks 6.2. Outlook Bibliography Supplementary
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94155
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date assessment of the key terrestrial components of the Arctic system, i.e., its hydrology, permafrost, and ecology, drawing on the latest research results from across the circumpolar regions. The Arctic is an integrated system, the elements of which are closely linked by the atmosphere, ocean, and land. Using an integrated system approach, the book’s 30 chapters, written by a diverse team of leading scholars, carefully examine Arctic climate variability/change, large river hydrology, lakes and wetlands, snow cover and ice processes, permafrost characteristics, vegetation/landscape changes, and the future trajectory of Arctic system evolution. The discussions cover the fundamental features of and processes in the Arctic system, with a special focus on critical knowledge gaps, i.e., the interactions and feedbacks between water, permafrost, and ecosystem, such as snow pack and permafrost changes and their impacts on basin hydrology and ecology, river flow, geochemistry, and energy fluxes to the Arctic Ocean, and the structure and function of the Arctic ecosystem in response to past/future changes in climate, hydrology, and permafrost conditions. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students, environmentalists, managers, and administrators who are concerned with the northern environment and resources.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 914, C1 Seiten , Illustrationen, Fotogafien (farbig), Karten (farbig), Diagramme (farbig)
    Edition: corrected publication 2021
    ISBN: 9783030509309
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Arctic Climate and Greenland 1 Arctic Climate Change, Variability, and Extremes / John E. Walsh 2 Precipitation Characteristics and Changes / Hengchun Ye, Daqing Yang, Ali Behrangi, Svetlana L. Stuefer, Xicai Pan, Eva Mekis, Yonas Dibike, and John E. Walsh 3 Snow Cover - Observations, Processes, Changes, and Impacts on Northern Hydrology / Ross Brown, Philip Marsh, Stephen Déry, and Daqing Yang 4 Evaporation Processes and Changes Over the Northern Regions / Yinsheng Zhang, Ning Ma, Hotaek Park, John E. Walsh, and Ke Zhang 5 Greenland Ice Sheet and Arctic Mountain Glaciers / Sebastian H. Mernild, Glen E. Liston, and Daqing Yang Part II Hydrology and Biogeochemistry 6 Regional and Basin Streamflow Regimes and Changes: Climate Impact and Human Effect / Michael Rawlins, Daqing Yang, and Shaoqing Ge 7 Hydrologic Extremes in Arctic Rivers and Regions: Historical Variability and Future Perspectives / Rajesh R. Shrestha, Katrina E. Bennett, Daniel L. Peters, and Daqing Yang 8 Overview of Environmental Flows in Permafrost Regions / Daniel L, Peters, Donald J. Baird, Joseph Culp, Jennifer Lento, Wendy A. Monk, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 9 Yukon River Discharge Response to Seasonal Snow Cover Change / Daqing Yang, Yuanyuan Zhao, Richard Armstrong, Mary J. Brodzik, and David Robinson 10 Arctic River Water Temperatures and Thermal Regimes / Daqing Yang, Hoteak Park, Amber Peterson, and Baozhong Liu 11 Changing Biogeochemical Cycles of Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Trace Elements in Arctic Rivers / Jonathan O'Donnell, Thomas Douglas, Amanda Barker, and Laodong Guo 12 Arctic Wetlands and Lakes-Dynamics and Linkages / Kathy L. Young, Laura Brown, and Yonas Dibike 13 River Ice Processes and Changes Across the Northern Regions / Daqing Yang, Hotaek Park, Terry Prowse, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Ellie McLeod Part III Permafrost and Frozen Ground 14 Permafrost Features and Talik Geometry in Hydrologic System / Kenji Yoshikawa and Douglas L. Kane 15 Ground Temperature and Active Layer Regimes and Changes / Lin Zhao, Cangwei Xie, Daqing Yang, and Tingjun Zhang 16 Permafrost Hydrology: Linkages and Feedbacks / Tetsuya Hiyama, Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane 17 Permafrost Hydrogeology / Barret L. Kurylyk and Michelle A. Walvoord Part IV Ecosystem Change and Impact 18 Greenhouse Gases and Energy Fluxes at Permafrost Zone / Masahito Ueyama, Hiroki Iwata, Hideki Kobayashi, Eugénie Euskirchen, Lutz Merbold, Takeshi Ohta, Takashi Machimura, Donatella Zona, Walter C. Oechel, and Edward A. G. Schuur 19 Spring Phenology of the Boreal Ecosystems / Nicolas Delbart 20 Diagnosing Environmental Controls on Vegetation Greening and Browning Trends Over Alaska and Northwest Canada Using Complementary Satellite Observations / Youngwook Kim, John S. Kimball, Nicholas Parazoo, and Peter Kirchner 21 Boreal Forest and Forest Fires / Yongwon Kim, Hideki Kobayashi, Shin Nagai, Masahito Ueyama, Bang-Yong Lee, and Rikie Suzuki 22 Northern Ecohydrology of Interior Alaska Subarctic / Jessica M. Young-Robertson, W. Robert Bolton, and Ryan Toohey 23 Yukon River Discharge-NDVI Relationship / Weixin Xu and Daqing Yang Part V Cross-System Linkage and Integration 24 River Freshwater Flux to the Arctic Ocean / Alexander Shiklomanov, Stephen Déry, Mikhail Tretiakov, Daqing Yang, Dmitry Magritsky, Alex Georgiadi, and Wenqing Tang 25 River Heat Flux into the Arctic Ocean / Daqing Yang, Shaoqing Ge, Hotaek Park, and Richard L. Lammers 26 Cold Region Hydrologic Models and Applications / Hotaek Park, Yonas Dibike, Fengge Su, and John Xiaogang Shi 27 Regional Climate Modeling in the Northern Regions / Zhenhua Li, Yanping Li, Daqing Yang, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 28 High-Resolution Weather Research Forecasting (WRF) Modeling and Projection Over Western Canada, Including Mackenzie Watershed / Yanping Li and Zhenhua Li 29 Responses of Boreal Forest Ecosystems and Permafrost to Climate Change and Disturbances: A Modeling Perspective / Shuhua Yi and Fengming Yuan 30 Future Trajectory of Arctic System Evolution / Kazuyuki Saito, John E. Walsh, Arvid Bring, Ross Brown, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Daqing Yang Correction to: Arctic Hydrology, Permafrost and Ecosystems / Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: AWI G3-20-94096
    In: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie, Heft 24
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 336 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISSN: 1866-170X
    Series Statement: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie Heft 24
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einführung 2. Wissenschaftlicher Hintergrund 3. Physiogeographische Ausstattung des Varanger-Gebietes (Varanger-Halbinsel und Küstenregion Südvarangers) 3.1. Relief 3.2. Geologisch-tektonische Entwicklung bis zum Quartär 3.3. Festgesteine 3.3.1. Varanger-Halbinsel 3.3.1.1. Tanafjord-Varangerfjord-Region 3.3.1.2. Barentssee-Region 3.3.1.3. Schichtdeformationen und Faltenbildungen 3.3.1.4. Ganggesteine (Intrusivgesteine) 3.3.2. Südvaranger 3.4. Quartärgeologische Entwicklung 3.4.1. Pleistozän 3.4.1.1. Glaziation 3.4.1.2. Deglaziation 3.4.2. Holozän 3.5. Pleistozäne und holozäne Lockersedimente 3.6. Klima 3.7. Permafrostboden 3.8. Vegetation 3.9. Böden 4. Periglaziäre Formen, Ablagerungen und Prozesse 4.1. Blockfelder 4.1.1. Verbreitung 4.1.2. Merkmale 4.1.3. Genese 4.1.4. Altersstellung 4.2. Sturzschutthalden 4.3. Kleinformen der Gesteinsverwitterung und Detritusverlagerung 4.4. Formen des Bodenfließens 4.4.1. Fließerde- und Wanderschuttdecken 4.4.2. Rasenloben und -stufen 4.4.3. Schuttloben und -stufen 4.4.4. Wander- und Bremsblöcke 4.5. Formen der Bodenmusterung 4.5.1. Palsas 4.5.2. Lithalsas 4.5.3. Pounus 4.5.4. Thufur 4.5.5. Mudpits 4.5.6. Fossile Eiskeilpolygone 4.5.7. Strukturböden 4.6. Formen der Nivation und Kryoplanation 4.6.1. Nivationswannen und -nischen 4.6.2. Kryoplanationsterrassen und Kryopedimente 4.7. Formen der Windwirkung 4.7.1. Windschliffe und Polituren 4.7.2. Steinpanzer 4.7.3. Flugsanddecken und Dünen 4.7.4. Rasenkanten und -kliffs 5. Exkursionsvorschläge zur glaziären und periglaziären Landschaftsentwicklung 5.1. Anfahrt und Logistik 5.2. Fahrstrecken und Wanderexkursionen (W) 5.2.1. Route 1: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Nesseby –Vestre Jakobselv – Vadsö (W1: Nattfjelltal) – Skallelv – Komagvaer – Kiberg – Svartnes (W2: Oksevatn-See) – Persfjord – Sandfjord – Hamningberg – Sandfjordtal (W3: Sylteviktal) 5.2.2. Route 2: Tana Bru – Birkestrand (W4: Raudberg) – Höyholmen (W5: Stangenestind) – Leirpollen – Faccabaelcåkka (W6: Hanglefjell) – Gednje – Kongsfjordtal (W7: Bryggarital) – Kongsfjord – Sandfjord (W8: Sandfjordfjell) – Berlevåg – Store Molvik 5.2.3. Route 3: Gednje – Oarduskaidi (W9: Basecaerro-Storklöftfjell) – Raudsandvatna-Seen (W10: Buktkjöl-Höhenzug) – Båtsfjord – Syltefjord 5.2.4. Route 4: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W11: Bigganjarga) – Grasbakken (W12: Juovlagurguolba) – Gandvik – Brannsletta – Bugöyfjord – Neiden – Näätämö 5.2.5. Route 5: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W13: Roetkaguolba-Vesterelvvatn-See) 6. Zusammenfassung 7. Schlussfolgerungen und Ausblick 8. Literaturverzeichnis 9. Kartenverzeichnis 9.1. Geologische Karten 9.2. Vegetationsgeographische Karte 9.3. Topographische Karten 10. Luftbildverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: 21/M 20.94120 ; AWI S6-24-91420
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: AWI P5-20-94119
    Description / Table of Contents: Der exklusive Fotoband zur Jahrhundertexpedition in die Arktis. Im September 2019 legte die Polarstern in Richtung Arktis ab - an Bord das internationale MOSAiC-Forscherteam, das die Auswirkungen des Klimawandels auf das ewige Eis erkundet. Chronologisch aufgebaut dokumentiert der bildgewaltige Band in bisher ungesehenen Fotografien von Esther Horvath Leben und Arbeiten während der einjährigen Reise unter den extremen Bedingungen am Nordpol. Begleitet von kenntnisreichen Essays und Textbeiträgen von Experten, Wissenschaftlern und Expeditionsteilnehmern ist der Band ein eindrucksvolles Zeugnis der wohl größten klimatischen Herausforderung unserer Zeit und bietet Einblicke in dieses einmalige Forschungsprojekt sowie die spektakuläre, schützenswerte Polarlandschaft.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 240 Seiten , 250 Illustrationen , 30.5 cm x 24.5 cm
    ISBN: 978-3-7913-8669-0
    Language: German
    Note: Vorwort Prolog Die Vermessung einer schwindenden Welt Feuertaufe Vorbereitung für den Einsatz am Limit Leinen los Aufbruch ins arktische Eis Die Erfindung der Eisdrift Die Drift Vom Aufbau des nördlichsten Forschungscamps Atmosphärenforschung Das Observatorium Aufzeichnungen aus dem Eis Das arktische Meereis Alltag Leben am Ende der Welt Das Ökosystem der Arktis Die Forschung des Teams Biogeochemie Nachtschicht Forschung bei 24 Stunden Dunkelheit Ozeanforschung und Klimawandel Schichtwechsel Ablösung am Nordpol Im Gespräch mit Esther Horvath Eine andere Welt Drift durch den arktischen Sommer Dank Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-748
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung, 748
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 203 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2., erweiterte und überarbeitete Auflage
    ISSN: 1866-3192
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 748
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einleitung 2. Zur Geschichte der Frühen Polarforschung 2.1 Die Entwicklung vom 16. Jahrhundert bis 1914 2.1.1 Frühe Polarreisen und ihre Wechselwirkung mit der Kartografie in der frühen Neuzeit 2.1.2 Fragen der Geophysik, Ozeanografie und Meteorologie an die Polarforschung im 18. und 19. Jahrhundert 2.1.3 Frühe deutsche Polarforschung 2.2 Die Entwicklung der deutschen Polarforschung zwischen den Weltkriegen 2.2.1 Die Internationale Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der Arktis mit Luftfahrzeugen (Aeroarctic) von 1922 bis 1931 2.2.2 Die Deutsche Atlantische Expedition („Meteor-Expedition“) von 1925 bis 1927 2.2.3 Die Deutsche Grönlandexpedition Alfred Wegener von 1930 bis 1931 2.2.4 Das zweite Internationale Polarjahr von1932 bis 1933 2.2.5 Walfang und Politik: die „Schwabenlandexpedition“ von 1938 bis 1939 als Fortsetzung der deutschen Südpolarforschung 2.3 Die Deutsche Polarforschung während des Zweiten Weltkrieges 3. Polarforschung nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg bis zur Gründung des AWI (1945-1981) 3.1 Politisch-strategisch motivierte Polarforschung der Großmächte nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg ab 1946/47 3.2 Nationale Polarforschungsunternehmen und internationale Kooperationen von 1948 bis 1981 3.2.1 Die Expédition Glaciologique Internationale au Groenland (EGIG) und andere Expeditionen von 1948 bis 1968 3.2.2 Die Antarktisaktivitäten anderer Länder von 1947 bis 1957 3.2.3 Das Internationale Geophysikalische Jahr von 1957 bis 1959 3.2.4 Die Gründung des Antarctic Treaty System (ATS) im Jahr 1959 3.2.5 Die Polarforschung der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik (DDR) 3.2.6 Die Polarforschung der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (BRD) 4. Die Entwicklung des AWI und der deutschen Polarforschung 4.1 Gründungskontexte 4.1.1 Polarforschung als staatliche Aufgabe 4.1.2 Vorbereitungen zur Gründung eines Polarforschungsinstituts der Bundesrepublik Deutschland im Jahr 1978 4.1.3 Entscheidung über die Standortfrage im Jahr 1979 4.2 Die Gründung des Alfred-Wegener-Instituts für Polarforschung 4.2.1 Gesetzliche und finanzielle Grundlagen, erste antarktische Expeditionen 4.2.2 Die Besetzung der Leitungspositionen 4.2.3 Umfang und Beschaffung der technischen Einrichtungen 4.2.4 Die technischen Einrichtungen der Logistik in der Gründungsphase des AWI 4.3 Die Entwicklung des AWI in Bremerhaven unter der Leitung vonGotthilf Hempel von 1981 bis 1992 4.3.1 Die Entwicklung des AWI von 1981 bis 1986 4.3.2 Eingliederung des IfMB in das AWI von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.3 Kongresse und internationale Kooperationen von 1986 bis 1987 4.3.4 Der Weg in die Klimaforschung ab 1988 4.3.5 Beteiligung an internationalen Eisbohrprogrammen auf Grönland von 1989 bis 1995 4.3.6 Die erste Überwinterung einer Frauenmannschaft in der GvN-Stationvon 1989 bis 1990 4.3.7 Besondere Expeditionen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.8 Aktivitäten und Umfang der Logistik von 1985 bis 1991 4.3.9 Die Aktivitäten der Zentralen Einrichtungen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.10 Das AWI als Mitglied eines Großforschungsverbundes ab Mitte der 1980er Jahre 4.3.11 Die politische Wende 1989/90 und die Polar- und Meeresforschung 4.3.12 Am Ende der Gründungsjahre im Jahr 1992 4.3.13 Wechsel des wissenschaftlichen Direktors im Jahr 1992 4.4 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Max Tilzer von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.4.2 Die Entwicklung der Logistik von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.3 Die Entwicklung der zentralen Einrichtungen von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.4 Tiefbohrprojekte auf Grönland und in der Antarktis 4.4.5 Die internationale Zusammenarbeit des AWI ab 1991 4.4.6 Nationale Kooperationen und Aufgaben von 1992 bis 1997 4.5 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Jörn Thiede von 1997 bis 2007 4.5.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.5.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierungen der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche 4.5.3 Übernahme der BAH von 1998 bis 1999 4.5.4 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.5 Entwicklung und Aufgaben der Logistik von 1998 bis 2008 4.5.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.5.7 Außenwirkung 4.5.8 Technologietransfer 4.5.9 Internationale Zusammenarbeit von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.10 Zusammenarbeit in Deutschland von 2000 bis 2007 4.6 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Karin Lochte von 2007 bis 2017 4.6.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.6.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierung der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche ab 2009 4.6.3 Besondere Wissenschaftliche Programme ab 2006 4.6.4 Bedeutungswandel von Transferkonzepten nach Einführung der POF 4.6.5 Entwicklung der Logistik ab 2007 4.6.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.6.7 Internationale Kooperationen 4.6.8 Nationale Kooperationen 4.7 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Antje Boetius von 2017 bis 2020 4.7.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.7.2 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte 4.7.3 Die Entwicklung der Logistik 4.8 Ausblick 5. Quellen- und Literaturverzeichnis 5.1 Quellen 5.1.1 Archivalien 5.1.2 Gedruckte Quellen 5.1.3 Pressemitteilungen 5.1.4 Internetseiten 5.1.5 Auskunftspersonen 5.2 Sekundärliteratur 5.2.1 Monographien, Aufsätze und Artikel 5.2.2 Einträge in der Online-Enzyklopädie Wikipedia 5.2.3 Internetseiten 6. Abbildungsverzeichnis 7. Abkürzungsverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94415
    Description / Table of Contents: Noch nie haben Forschende das Meereis der Arktis so umfassend untersuchen können, wie auf der internationalen MOSAiC-Expedition des Forschungseisbrechers Polarstern. Ein Jahr lang ist das Schiff mit dem Eis durch die zentrale Arktis getrieben; ein Jahr lang haben die Männer und Frauen das Eis mithilfe modernster Technik unter die Lupe genommen. Welche Herausforderungen es dabei zu meistern galt und was sie herausgefunden haben im polaren Hotspot des Klimawandels, erzählen sie in zehn DriftStories, die dieser Band vereint. Faszinierende Arktisforschung zum Anfassen – präsentiert von meereisportal.de.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 106 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-9822680-0-2
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Ausgangspunkt einer Jahrhundertreise Ermittlungen auf viel zu dünnem Eis Für einen schärferen Blick aus dem All Beben und Barrikaden Glitzernde Wolken unter dem Eis Ein heißer Streifen Eis Schnee, die unbekannte Größe Das Omen des ersten Schneeballs Die vielen Gesichter der Kälte Algen in der Arktis: Nichts scheint unmöglich Wiedersehen am Ausgangstor der Arktis Technik-Container Impressum/Bildnachwei
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94416
    Description / Table of Contents: Never before have researchers had the chance to explore the Arctic sea ice as comprehensively as on the international MOSAiC expedition. For an entire year, the research icebreaker Polarstern drifted through the Central Arctic with the sea ice; for an entire year, the men and women of the expedition painstakingly investigated the ice with the aid of cutting-edge technologies. In the ten DriftStories gathered here, they share the challenges they had to overcome, and the discoveries they made in this polar hotspot of climate change: fascinating Arctic research at your fingertips - presented by meereisportal.de.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 106 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-9822680-3-3 , 978-3-9822680-2-6
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Embarking on the voyage of a century Detective work on ice that’s far too thin For a clearer view from space Shaking and quaking Glittering clouds below the ice One hot strip of ice Snow, the great unknown The snowball litmus test The many faces of cold Algae in the Arctic: Apparently, anything is possible A reunion at the outlet of the Arctic Equipment container Imprint / image credits
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    facet.materialart.12
    Berlin : BWV Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag
    Call number: 9783830542148 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 3., aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage
    ISBN: 9783830542148
    Former Title: Mitarbeiterführung in Wissenschaft und Forschung
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort zur dritten Auflage Einleitung Exzellenzfaktor Personalführung Prämissen effizienter Führung Optimierungspotenziale Motivationsfaktor Personalführung Strategische Planung Elemente der Strategie Strategie als Qualitätsmerkmal Strategie- und Leitbildentwicklung Führungsmodelle Situative Führung Transformationale Führung Führungsinstrumente Mitarbeiterinnengespräche Leistungsfeedback Zielvereinbarungen Personalentwicklung Führungsfeedback Effizientes Delegieren Effekte und Nutzen „Smart" delegieren Berichtswesen und Dokumentation Problemfaktor Rückdelegation Delegationspotenziale Laterale und agile Führung Führung ohne Weisungsbefugnis Agile Führung Führungskultur und -Struktur Funktionale Strukturen Förderung der Verantwortung Verhaltensorientierte Führung Zielführende Kommunikation Kulturmerkmal Verbindlichkeit Team-Management Teamentwicklung Abstimmung im und mit dem Team Interkulturelle Führung und Diversität Interkulturelles Management Kulturübergreifende Kommunikation Abstimmung in interkulturellen Teams Personalauswahl und -gewinnung Auswahlkriterien Auswahlinterviews Praktisches Vorgehen Changemanagement Grundlagen Partizipatives Vorgehen Erste und neue Führungspositionen Gestern Kollegin - Heute Chefin Führung als Nachfolge Erneuern und Bewahren Führen mit Konzept Mitarbeiterinnenbeteiligen Strategisches Selbstmanagement Grundlagen Zeitdiebe und -fallen Life Balance Anhang Quellennachweis Arbeitsmittel - Tools - Checklisten Meine strategische Planung Reflexion des eigenen Führungsverhaltens Gesprächsleitfaden Mitarbeiterinnengespräche Leistungsbeurteilung/-feedback Vorbereitung Mitarbeiterinnengespräch Dokumentation Zielvereinbarung Personalentwicklung Führungsfeedback einholen Teamanalyse Vorgehen bei Team-Klausuren/-workshops/Retreats Matrix zur Auswahl von Mitarbeiterinnen bei Personalentscheidungen Denkzettel (zur Vermeidung von Rückdelegationen) Delegationspotenziale erkennen: Protokoll Delegationspotenziale erkennen: Auswertung Der 100-Tage-Plan bei Antritt einer neuen Führungsfunktion Register Informationen zum Autor
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: AWI A6-21-94541
    Description / Table of Contents: Stratospheric variability is one of the main potential sources for sub-seasonal to seasonal predictability in mid-latitudes in winter. Stratospheric pathways play an important role for long-range teleconnections between tropical phenomena, such as the quasi-biennial oscillation (QBO) and El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO), and the mid-latitudes on the one hand, and linkages between Arctic climate change and the mid-latitudes on the other hand. In order to move forward in the field of extratropical seasonal predictions, it is essential that an atmospheric model is able to realistically simulate the stratospheric circulation and variability. The numerical weather prediction (NWP) configuration of the ICOsahedral Non-hydrostatic atmosphere model ICON is currently being used by the German Meteorological Service for the regular weather forecast, and is intended to produce seasonal predictions in future. This thesis represents the first extensive evaluation of Northern Hemisphere stratospheric winter circulation in ICON-NWP by analysing a ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 119 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation: Seasonal prediction 1.2 The new atmosphere model ICON 1.3 Research questions 2 Theoretical background 2.1 Fundamentals of atmospheric circulation 2.1.1 Primitive equations 2.1.2 The global energy budget 2.1.3 Baroclinic instability 2.1.4 Vertical structure of the atmosphere 2.2 Stratospheric dynamics 2.2.1 Circulation patterns 2.2.2 Atmospheric waves 2.2.3 Sudden stratospheric warmings 2.2.4 Quasi-biennial oscillation 2.3 Atmospheric Teleconnections 2.3.1 NAM, NAO and PNA 2.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 2.3.3 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 3 Atmospheric model and methods of analysis 3.1 Atmospheric model ICON-NWP 3.1.1 Model description 3.1.2 Experimental setup 3.2 Reanalysis data ERA-Interim 3.3 Methods of analysis 3.3.1 NAM index for stratosphere–troposphere coupling 3.3.2 Stratospheric warmings 3.3.3 ENSO index and composites 3.3.4 Bias and error estimation 3.3.5 Statistical significance 4 Results 4.1 Evaluation of seasonal experiments with ICON-NWP 4.1.1 Tropospheric circulation 4.1.2 Stratospheric circulation 4.2 Effect of gravity wave drag parameterisations 4.2.1 Stratospheric effects 4.2.2 Effects on stratosphere-troposphere coupling 4.2.3 Tropospheric effects 4.3 Low latitudinal influence on the stratospheric polar vortex 4.3.1 Quasi-biennial oscillation 4.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 4.4 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 4.4.1 Tropospheric processes 4.4.2 Stratospheric pathway 4.4.3 Sea ice sensitivity experiment 5 Discussion and outlook Bibliography Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: AWI G8-21-94666
    Description / Table of Contents: Anthropogenic climate change constitutes one of the main global crises in the 21st century. It manifests itself distinctly in global warming and its effects. Forests play an essential role in mitigating the effects of climate change, improving our knowledge of the distribution and changes of terrestrial carbon stocks is vital to mitigate its consequences. Therefore, remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. Forests in the Russian Federation are of particular importance as it is the most forested country in the world and at the same time, it is the country with the highest uncertainty when calculating global carbon stocks. Remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. It can acquire data over large areas with a high repetition rate and at a relatively low cost. In particular, microwave sensors are recommended as they can provide weather and sun independent, systematic observations with high temporal frequency. The main goal of this cumulative dissertation was to develop methods using new algorithms for estimating parameters for boreal forests from remote sensing data acquired with Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR). Using the SAR data acquired by the sensor with the longest wavelength available at the moment of writing this dissertation in space, the L-band, methods for estimating the above-ground forest biomass were developed. For this purpose, algorithms for machine learning (ML) were applied and validated. These methods were chosen because they are recommended for large data sets and an incomplete theoretical understanding of processes, e.g., the interaction between the forest and the radar signal, and are relatively new in forest monitoring studies. In addition, efforts have been made to establish improved mapping of large-scale forest cover change
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 234 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English , German
    Note: Content ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS APPENDED PAPERS RELATED PUBLICATIONS FIGURES TABLES I ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ABSTRACT ZUSAMMENFASSUNG CHAPTER 1 Introduction 1.1 Importance of forest monitoring 1.2 Remote sensing for forest monitoring 1.3 Scope and structure of this thesis CHAPTER 2 2 Theoretical background & state-of-the-art 2.1 Boreal forests 2.2 Imaging radar theory 2.2.1 Radar principles 2.2.2 Radar scattering 2.2.3 SAR data processing 2.2.4 SAR lnterferometry 2.3 Radar remote sensing of boreal forests 2.3.1 Estimation of aboveground biomass 2.3.2 Monitoring of forest change 2.4 Study area and data 2.4.1 Location of study areas 2.4.2 Processing of in situ data 2.4.3 SAR L-band data: PALSAR & PALSAR-2 2.4.4 SAR C-band data: RADARSAT-2 CHAPTER 3 3 Research rationale 3.1 Research needs 3.2 Research questions CHAPTER 4 4 Research contribution 4.1 Operational forest monitoring in Siberia 4.2 Remote sensing for aboveground biomass estimation in boreal forests 4.3 Non-parametric retrieval of aboveground biomass 4.4 Multi-frequency SAR for estimation of aboveground biomass CHAPTER 5 5 Synthesis 5.1 Discussion and conclusions 5.2 Outlook REFERENCES APPENDIX A: PROCEEDINGS PAPER APPENDIX B: STUDIES ON nI0MASS ESTIMATION IN Il0REAL FORESTS MANUSCRIPT OVERVIEW STATEMENT OF AUTH0RSHIP CURRICULUM VITAE , Zusammenfassungen in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Call number: AWI G2-21-94671
    In: World ocean review, 7
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 336 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783866486973
    Series Statement: World ocean review 7
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort Kapitel 1 Unsere Ozeane – Quelle des Lebens Kapitel Von der Bedeutung und der Endlichkeit der Meere Conclusio: Abschied von der Unendlichkeitsillusion Kapitel 2 Der Ozean im Klimawandel Die fatalen Folgen der Wärme Ein Angriff auf die Artenvielfalt Conclusio: Gradmesser Ozean Kapitel 3 Nahrung aus dem Meer Problemzone Fischerei Wachstumssektor Aquakultur Conclusio: Ein Nahrungslieferant am Limit Kapitel 4 Transporte über das Meer Die Schifffahrt am Scheideweg Conclusio: Eine Schlüsselbranche unter Druck Kapitel 5 Energie und Rohstoffe aus dem Meer Tiefseebergbau: Die Pläne nehmen Gestalt an Energiequelle Meer: Potenzial und Erwartungen Conclusio: Unsere Ozeane: voller Energie Kapitel 6 Die Verschmutzung der Meere Ein Problem gigantischen Ausmaßes Conclusio: Meere voller Müll und Schadstoffe Kapitel 7 Der Wettstreit um die genetische Vielfalt der Meere Wirkstoffe aus dem Meer Conclusio: Der Beginn einer goldenen Ära Kapitel 8 Anspruch und Wirklichkeit des Meeresmanagements Die Rechtsordnung der Ozeane Neue Ansätze des Meeresmanagement Der Ozean: Krisenschauplatz und Teil der Lösung Conclusio: Nachhaltiges Meeresmanagement – eine Herkulesaufgabe Gesamt-Conclusio Glossar Abkürzungen Quellenverzeichnis Mitwirkende Index Partner und Danksagung Abbildungsverzeichnis Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: 9783960104025 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (346 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2., aktualisierte Auflage
    ISBN: 9783960104025
    Series Statement: Praxisnah & kompetent
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort Der Aufbau dieses Buches Rechts- oder Linkshänder? Übungsdateien und Hilfe 1 Von der Idee zum Bericht Entwurf von Modellen und deren Dokumentation Planungsmethode und Lösungsentwicklung Praxisbeispiel Aufbereiten der Daten und Aufbau der Lösung Verwaltung der Daten 2 Entdecken Sie die Möglichkeiten von PivotTables und PivotCharts Lassen sich alle Daten mit PivotTables auswerten? Die verschiedenen Wege zu einer PivotTable Diese Prozessschritte führen Sie zu einem Pivot-Bericht Jetzt erstellen Sie eine PivotTable So verschieben Sie im Layoutbereich die Felder blitzschnell Darstellung der PivotTable ändern Gruppierung von Elementen in einer PivotTable Wie Datentypen die Gruppierung beeinflussen Eine Gruppierung aufheben Feldbeschriftungen in PivotTables und PivotCharts So erweitern Sie die PivotTable und verändern die Feldanordnung Mehrere Felder im Wertebereich Mit dem Berichtsfilter Daten selektiv anzeigen Alle Daten wieder anzeigen Die Wirkung der Layoutaktualisierung Felder verschieben, hinzufügen oder entfernen Feld aus dem Layoutabschnitt entfernen Feldbezeichnungen ändern Nutzen der PivotTable-Felderansicht Was beim Verschieben von Feldern in den vier Berichtsbereichen passiert Arbeitserleichterung durch eine geeignete Datensortierung Berechnungstypen in PivotTables Schnellformatierung von PivotTables PivotCharts: sich schon vorher ein Bild machen Aus einer PivotTable ein PivotChart erstellen Diagramm beschriften Das Layout für Berichte gestalten Berichtslayout in den PivotTable-Optionen anpassen Tabellenoptionen erleichtern die Arbeit mit PivotTables Anzeigen von Teilergebnissen und Gesamtergebnissen Sortieren in PivotTables Elemente mit der Maus verschieben Benutzerdefinierte Sortierreihenfolge erstellen und anwenden So sortieren Sie eine PivotTable nach Teilergebnissen Suchen und Filtern in den PivotTables Datenreduzierung auf oberster Ebene Komplexe Filter über das Eingabefeld »Suchen« steuern Die aktuelle Markierung als weitere Filtermöglichkeit verwenden Felder vor dem Hinzufügen filtern In einem Feld mehrere Filter aktivieren Neue Elemente automatisch anzeigen Vergleichsfilter im Umgang mit Datumswerten Filter löschen und alle Daten wieder anzeigen Genial: einfaches Filtern mit Datenschnitt und Zeitachse Einen Datenschnitt an Ihre Bedingungen anpassen Datenschnitte anzeigen oder ausblenden Größe und Eigenschaften von Datenschnitten Datenschnitt mit mehreren PivotTables verbinden Aktives Filtern mit der Zeitachse 3 Vertiefter Umgang mit PivotTable Gruppierung des Datums ändern Die Ansicht expandieren Eine Pivot-Tabelle kopieren Benutzerdefinierte Berechnungen für PivotTable-Wertefelder einsetzen Löschen eines PivotTable-Berichts oder PivotChart-Berichts Berechnungstypen im praktischen Einsatz % des Gesamtergebnisses berechnen % des Spaltenergebnisses % des Zeilenergebnisses % von % des übergeordneten Zeilenergebnisses % des übergeordneten Spaltenergebnisses % des übergeordneten Ergebnisses Differenz von % Differenz von Praxisbeispiel: Differenz zu einem vorherigen Basiselement in einem abweichenden Geschäftsjahr Laufende Summe von Rangfolge nach Größe (aufsteigend/absteigend) Index Praxisbeispiel: % Differenz und Fehlerbehandlung In PivotTable Fehlerdarstellungen bearbeiten Weitere Berechnungsmöglichkeiten in PivotTables So erstellen Sie ein berechnetes Feld in einer PivotTable So erstellen Sie ein berechnetes Element in einer PivotTable Lösungsreihenfolge für berechnete Elemente ändern Eine Liste der verwendeten Formeln erstellen So verwenden Sie die Funktion PIVOTDATENZUORDNEN () Zugriff auf Pivot-Daten Fehlermeldung der Funktion 4 In der Praxis: Logistikdienste mit PivotTables organisieren Überlegte Vorbereitung erleichtert das Arbeiten: als Datenbasis eine strukturierte Tabelle verwenden Die PivotTable erstellen Die PivotTable informativer machen Daten als Information flexibel anzeigen Die Anordnung macht’s: die Felder im informativsten Layoutbereich anzeigen Die Anzahl bestimmt die benötigte Kapazität In welches Hotel geht der Transfer des Teilnehmers? Den Check-in im Hotel planen Elegante Dynamik: mit Datenschnitten die Informationen komfortabel filtern Datenschnitte zum Filtern einbauen Die Steuerzentrale 5 Stundenabweichungsanalyse mit PivotTable Die Projektstruktur aufbauen Daten in PivotTable-Berichten auswerten Daten aus einem Vorsystem und der Planung übernehmen Daten aufbereiten, vervollständigen und pivotisieren Das Tabellenblatt WBS-Planung pivotisieren Importierte Daten pivotisieren und formatieren Dezimale Stundenangaben in Uhrzeitformat umwandeln Die Daten der Planung mit den Istdaten vergleichen und bewerten Zwei PivotTable-Berichte konsolidieren Zeitdifferenz berechnen Abweichungen hervorheben: weitere Formatierungen vornehmen Ein Projekt nach erweiterten Gesichtspunkten auswerten 6 Mit PivotTable einen Kostenträger überwachen und auswerten Ein Projekt nach erweiterten Gesichtspunkten aus werten Kostenstellenanalyse der Kostenträger 100112 und 1414 Nur die betroffenen Kostenträger anzeigen Kompaktansicht im Kostenträger: Details im Work Package ausblenden Mitarbeiter, die die angezeigte Leistung erbracht haben Die Gesamtkosten für den Kostenträger 100112 mit PivotTables berechnen Mehr Aussagekraft durch Neuanordnung der Wertefelder Die Stundenverteilung differenzieren - monatsweise anzeigen Ermitteln Sie die zeitlichen Arbeitsleistungen der Mitarbeiter in einem Projekt Die betroffenen Kostenstellen auswerten 7 Personal- und Personalstrukturanalyse mit PivotTable-Berichten Prozess der Analyse Welche Felder in der Basistabelle verändert oder berechnet werden Eine »intelligente« Tabelle Strukturen im Stellenplan und in den Tätigkeitsfeldern entdecken Zeigen Sie, wie viele Tätigkeitsfelder es im Unternehmen gibt Zeigen Sie die fünf Tätigkeitsfelder mit den meisten Mitarbeitern Neue Reihenfolge festlegen Prozentuale Darstellung wählen Prozentwerte und absolute Werte gleichzeitig darstellen Datenschnitte: mehr als nur einfache Filter Den Datenschnitt für die Vorselektion aufbauen Die Datenschnitte perfekt auf die Arbeitsumgebung einstellen Einstellungen für den Datenschnitt vornehmen Strukturanalyse zur Altersverteilung und Betriebszugehörigkeit Gruppen für Zeiträume bilden Aufbau des PivotTable-Berichts Betriebszugehörigkeit Betriebszugehörigkeit gruppieren Den Namen einer Feldschaltfläche anpassen Gruppen für Altersklassen bilden Die Anzahl der Mitarbeiter je Altersgruppe in den Tätigkeitsfeldern ermitteln Zeigen Sie in einer Grafik die Mitarbeiterverteilung in den Altersgruppen Das Layout des Diagramms verändern Zeigen Sie die grafische Verteilung der Betriebszugehörigkeit Die Betriebszugehörigkeit als Grafik Besondere Strukturen mit der PivotTable aufzeigen Zeigen Sie die Struktur der Betriebszugehörigkeit für das Tätigkeitsfeld Produktberater/-in an PivotTable-Bericht mit Minimum, Maximum und Durchschnittseinkommen je Altersgruppe Die Anzahl der Mitarbeiter einfügen, die die Berechnungsgrundlage bildet Mitarbeiter, die mehr als 120 Stunden monatlich tätig sind Auswertung auf ausgewählte Tätigkeitsfelder begrenzen 8 Wie Sie mit PivotTables Umsätze und Kosten berechnen und analysieren Aktion und Analyse Aufbau der PivotTable zur Kostenanalyse PivotTable in die Tabellenansicht und in ein neues Pivot-Format überführen Basisjahr 2019: Differenz der Kosten berechnen Basiswert des Jahres 2019 in die Ansicht des Berichts integrieren Die PivotTable informativer machen Prozentanteil des Deckungsbeitrages ermitteln Prozentanteil der Kosten am Umsatz 9 Mit PivotTable aggregieren: mit PIVOTDATENZUORDNENO Daten extrahieren Die Arbeitsweise der Funktion Syntax der Funktion Vorbereitung der Arbeitsumgebung Aufbau des Dashboards Die Auswahllisten erstellen Einrichten der Datenüberprüfung zur Auswahl der Steuergrößen Überprüfung der Auswahl und Folgeeinträge in den Steuertabellen Die Argumente der Funktion PIVOTDATENZUORDNEN() Die Funktion PIVOTDATENZUORDNENO entwickeln und dyna
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    facet.materialart.12
    Göttingen : Wallstein Verlag
    Call number: 9783835344945 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Eine Medien- und Wissensgeschichte von Biologie und Ozeanographie im Kielwasser der Walfänger. Immer wieder entzieht sich der Wal wissenschaftlicher Klassifikation und Darstellbarkeit. Wale sind buchstäblich nicht zu fassen - als sich die neuen biologischen Wissenschaften im 19. Jahrhundert daran machten, »das Leben« zu erklären, blieb das der Wale ein Problem. Doch Walfänger durchkreuzten auf ihren Spuren im 19. Jahrhundert die Meere der Welt. Kartographen erschlossen auf den Spuren dieser Walfänger die Nordwestpassage und den pazifischen Ozean, während Naturhistoriker und Zoologen sie in die Lebensräume der Wale begleiten. Felix Lüttge erzählt die Geschichte der Walfänger, die den Walen, und der Wissenschaftler, die wiederum den Walfängern folgten.Es ist eine Medien- und Wissensgeschichte des Wals wie auch der Meere, die auf seinen Spuren durchfahren und vermessen wurden. Felix Lüttge beschreibt die komplexen Austauschprozesse, mit denen Walfänger und Wissenschaftler ökonomisches, ozeanographisches, zoologisches und geographisches Wissen hervorbrachten.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (278 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9783835344945
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Humboldt-Universität Berlin, 2018 , Inhalt I. Einleitung 1. Auf den Spuren des Wals 2. Geographien des Lebens 3. Ein neuer Leviathan II. Intelligente Walfänger: Entstehung einer historiographischen Figur 1. An den Rändern des Golfstroms 2. Nachrichten aus dem Pazifik 3. Nomaden des Meeres III. Die Daten der Walfänger: Der Kartograph im Archiv 1. Ozeanographie als Globalwissenschaft 2. Humboldts amerikanische Söhne und die Erforschung der Meere 3. Aufschreibesysteme des Walfangs 4. Datenmeere 5. Kurven im Meer. IV. Der Wal als taxonomische Anomalie: Kleine Klassifikationsgeschichte des Wals V. Jäger und Sammler: Unmögliche Forschung 1. Strandgut, Spektakel 2. Beuteforschung 3. Zerlegen und Zusammensetzen VI. Elementare Obdachlosigkeit: Unmögliches Leben 1. Weißwale am Broadway 2. Zu Gast im Meer VII. Schluss Epilog: Gattungsfragen Quellen Literatur Bildnachweise Dank
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Moskva : Tovariščestvo naučnych izdanij KMK | Novosibirsk : Nauka
    Call number: AWI Bio-22-94776
    Description / Table of Contents: Издание представляет собой новейшую таксономическую обработку флоры Якутии, подготовленную весьма квалифицированным и представительным коллективом авторов (более 50 специалистов, включая 15 докторов и 30 кандидатов наук). Даны ключи для определения 1950 видов, 133 подвидов и 34 разновидностей, а также 46 нотовидов, объединенных в 525 родов, 6 нотородов, 113 семейств сосудистых растений, распространенных или когда-либо отмеченных (в том числе очень редких, заносных или дичающих культурных) на территории региона. При: ведены диагностические признаки растений, сведения об их фитоценотическои или экологической приуроченности и распространении. Книга рассчитана на ботаников широкого профиля, студентов, учителей и преподавателей, ученых, биологов, экологов, работников сельского хозяйства, административных работников, отвечающих за эксплуатацию природных ресурсов.
    Description / Table of Contents: English translation of the Russian abstract: The publication is the latest taxonomic processing of the flora of Yakutia, prepared by a highly qualified and representative team of authors (more than 50 specialists, including 15 doctors and 30 candidates of sciences). Keys are given to identify 1950 species, 133 subspecies and 34 varieties, as well as 46 nothospecies, united in 525 genera, 6 nothorodes, 113 families of vascular plants, common or ever recorded (including very rare, adventive or wild cultivated) on the territory of the region. When: diagnostic signs of plants, information about their phytocenotic or ecological confinement and distribution are entered. The book is intended for general botanists, students, teachers and teachers, scientists, biologists, ecologists, agricultural workers, administrative workers responsible for the exploitation of natural resources.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 895 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 1 Errata
    Edition: Izdanie vtoroe, pererabotannoe i dopolnennoe [Zweite Auflage, überarbeitet und erweitert]
    ISBN: 9785907372320 , 5-907372-32-X
    Language: Russian
    Note: Text russisch; In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: AWI G5-22-94780
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxi, 201 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Contents List of Figures List of Tables I Preamble 1 Introduction 1.1.1 The Journey from Weather to Climate 1.1.2 The Climate Background 1.1.3 Pollen as Quantitative Indicators of Past Changes 1.2 Overview and Aims of Manuscripts 1.2.1 List of Manuscripts 1.2.2 Short Summaries of the Manuscripts 1.3 Author Contributions to the Manuscripts II Manuscripts 2 Comparing estimation of techniques for temporal Scaling 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Data and Methods 2.2.1 Scaling estimation methods 2.2.2 Evaluation of the estimators 2.2.3 Data 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Effect of Regular and Irregular Sampling 2.3.2 Effect of Time series length 2.3.3 Application to database 2.4 Discussion 2.5 Conclusions 3 Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales 4 Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Data and Method 4.2.1 Model simulations 4.2.2 The Last Glacial Maximum experiment 4.2.3 The mid Holocene experiment (midHolocene) 4.2.4 The warming experiments 1pctCO2 and abrupt4xCO2 4.2.5 Preprocessing of model simulations 4.2.6 Comparisons across the ensemble 4.2.7 Diagnosing variability changes 4.2.8 Changes in precipitation extremes 4.2.9 Timescale-dependence of the variability changes 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Hydrological sensitivity across the ensemble 4.3.2 Changes in local interannual variability 4.3.3 Changes in modes of variability 4.3.4 Circulation patterns underlying extratropical precipitation extremes 4.3.5 Changes in. the spectrum of variability 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Changes in climate variability with global mean temperature 4.4.2 Temperature vs. precipitation scaling 4.4.3 Comparison to climate reconstructions and observations 4.4.4 Limitations 4.5 Conclusions 5 Holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Data and Methods 5.2.1 Pollen Database 5.2.2 Principal Component Analysis 5.2.3 Timescale-dependent Estimates of Variability 5.2.4 Biome Classification 5.3 Results 5.3.1 General Vegetation Variability Analysis 5.3.2 Comparison of Forested and Open Land Vegetations 5.3.3 Comparison of Broadleaf and Needleleaf Fore ts 5.3.4 Comparison of Temperate and Boreal Coniferous Forests 5.3.5 Comparison of Evergreen and Deciduous Boreal Forests 5.4 Discussion 5.5 Conclusion III Postamble 6 General discussion and conclusion 6.1 Overview 6.2 Timescale-Dependent Estimates of Variability 6.3 Climate and Vegetation Variabilities in the Holocene 6.4 Implications for the 21th Century 6.5 Outlook IV Appendix A Supplementary figures from "Comparing estimation techniques for temporal scaling in paleo-climate timeseries" A.1 Block Average Results A.2 First-Order Correction for the Effect of Interpolation A.3 Change in Bias and Standard Deviation B Methods and supplementary information from "Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales" B.1 Methods B.1.1 Reconstructions B.1.2 Significance Testing B.1.3 Testing for Anthropogenic Impacts B.1.4 Instrumental Data B.1.5 Model Data B.1.6 Spectral Estimates B.1.7 Variance Ratios B.1.8 Sub-Decadal Variability Binning B.1.9 Correlation B.1.10 Moran's I B.2 Supplementary Information B.2.1 Tree Ring Data Analysis B.2.2 Energy-Balance Equations B.3 Extended Data Figures C Supplementary figures from "Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future" D Supplementary figures from "Characterization of holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere" Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    facet.materialart.12
    Amsterdam, The Netherlands : Elsevier
    Call number: 9780128160602 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (554 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9780128160602
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Acknowledgements Chapter 1 - The restless ocean Chapter 2 - Frameworks, data, and methods Chapter 3 - Surface drift, gyres, and the fate of plastic Chapter 4 - Western boundary currents and drifting organisms Chapter 5 - Eastern boundary currents, upwelling, and high biological productivity Chapter 6 - The tropical oceans, interannual climate variability, and ecosystem adaptation Chapter 7 - From the northern subpolar oceans to the Arctic and its retreating sea ice Chapter 8 - From the Southern Ocean to Antarctica and its changing ice shelves Chapter 9 - Processes and flows in marginal seas Chapter 10 - Ocean boundaries, connectivity, and inter-ocean exchanges Chapter 11 - The global circulation and transformation of water masses Chapter 12 - Ocean currents, heat transport, and climate Epilogue: Looking ahead Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: 9783030509309 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date assessment of the key terrestrial components of the Arctic system, i.e., its hydrology, permafrost, and ecology, drawing on the latest research results from across the circumpolar regions. The Arctic is an integrated system, the elements of which are closely linked by the atmosphere, ocean, and land. Using an integrated system approach, the book’s 30 chapters, written by a diverse team of leading scholars, carefully examine Arctic climate variability/change, large river hydrology, lakes and wetlands, snow cover and ice processes, permafrost characteristics, vegetation/landscape changes, and the future trajectory of Arctic system evolution. The discussions cover the fundamental features of and processes in the Arctic system, with a special focus on critical knowledge gaps, i.e., the interactions and feedbacks between water, permafrost, and ecosystem, such as snow pack and permafrost changes and their impacts on basin hydrology and ecology, river flow, geochemistry, and energy fluxes to the Arctic Ocean, and the structure and function of the Arctic ecosystem in response to past/future changes in climate, hydrology, and permafrost conditions. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students, environmentalists, managers, and administrators who are concerned with the northern environment and resources.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (907 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2021
    ISBN: 9783030509309
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Arctic Climate and Greenland 1 Arctic Climate Change, Variability, and Extremes / John E. Walsh 2 Precipitation Characteristics and Changes / Hengchun Ye, Daqing Yang, Ali Behrangi, Svetlana L. Stuefer, Xicai Pan, Eva Mekis, Yonas Dibike, and John E. Walsh 3 Snow Cover - Observations, Processes, Changes, and Impacts on Northern Hydrology / Ross Brown, Philip Marsh, Stephen Déry, and Daqing Yang 4 Evaporation Processes and Changes Over the Northern Regions / Yinsheng Zhang, Ning Ma, Hotaek Park, John E. Walsh, and Ke Zhang 5 Greenland Ice Sheet and Arctic Mountain Glaciers / Sebastian H. Mernild, Glen E. Liston, and Daqing Yang Part II Hydrology and Biogeochemistry 6 Regional and Basin Streamflow Regimes and Changes: Climate Impact and Human Effect / Michael Rawlins, Daqing Yang, and Shaoqing Ge 7 Hydrologic Extremes in Arctic Rivers and Regions: Historical Variability and Future Perspectives / Rajesh R. Shrestha, Katrina E. Bennett, Daniel L. Peters, and Daqing Yang 8 Overview of Environmental Flows in Permafrost Regions / Daniel L, Peters, Donald J. Baird, Joseph Culp, Jennifer Lento, Wendy A. Monk, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 9 Yukon River Discharge Response to Seasonal Snow Cover Change / Daqing Yang, Yuanyuan Zhao, Richard Armstrong, Mary J. Brodzik, and David Robinson 10 Arctic River Water Temperatures and Thermal Regimes / Daqing Yang, Hoteak Park, Amber Peterson, and Baozhong Liu 11 Changing Biogeochemical Cycles of Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Trace Elements in Arctic Rivers / Jonathan O'Donnell, Thomas Douglas, Amanda Barker, and Laodong Guo 12 Arctic Wetlands and Lakes-Dynamics and Linkages / Kathy L. Young, Laura Brown, and Yonas Dibike 13 River Ice Processes and Changes Across the Northern Regions / Daqing Yang, Hotaek Park, Terry Prowse, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Ellie McLeod Part III Permafrost and Frozen Ground 14 Permafrost Features and Talik Geometry in Hydrologic System / Kenji Yoshikawa and Douglas L. Kane 15 Ground Temperature and Active Layer Regimes and Changes / Lin Zhao, Cangwei Xie, Daqing Yang, and Tingjun Zhang 16 Permafrost Hydrology: Linkages and Feedbacks / Tetsuya Hiyama, Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane 17 Permafrost Hydrogeology / Barret L. Kurylyk and Michelle A. Walvoord Part IV Ecosystem Change and Impact 18 Greenhouse Gases and Energy Fluxes at Permafrost Zone / Masahito Ueyama, Hiroki Iwata, Hideki Kobayashi, Eugénie Euskirchen, Lutz Merbold, Takeshi Ohta, Takashi Machimura, Donatella Zona, Walter C. Oechel, and Edward A. G. Schuur 19 Spring Phenology of the Boreal Ecosystems / Nicolas Delbart 20 Diagnosing Environmental Controls on Vegetation Greening and Browning Trends Over Alaska and Northwest Canada Using Complementary Satellite Observations / Youngwook Kim, John S. Kimball, Nicholas Parazoo, and Peter Kirchner 21 Boreal Forest and Forest Fires / Yongwon Kim, Hideki Kobayashi, Shin Nagai, Masahito Ueyama, Bang-Yong Lee, and Rikie Suzuki 22 Northern Ecohydrology of Interior Alaska Subarctic / Jessica M. Young-Robertson, W. Robert Bolton, and Ryan Toohey 23 Yukon River Discharge-NDVI Relationship / Weixin Xu and Daqing Yang Part V Cross-System Linkage and Integration 24 River Freshwater Flux to the Arctic Ocean / Alexander Shiklomanov, Stephen Déry, Mikhail Tretiakov, Daqing Yang, Dmitry Magritsky, Alex Georgiadi, and Wenqing Tang 25 River Heat Flux into the Arctic Ocean / Daqing Yang, Shaoqing Ge, Hotaek Park, and Richard L. Lammers 26 Cold Region Hydrologic Models and Applications / Hotaek Park, Yonas Dibike, Fengge Su, and John Xiaogang Shi 27 Regional Climate Modeling in the Northern Regions / Zhenhua Li, Yanping Li, Daqing Yang, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 28 High-Resolution Weather Research Forecasting (WRF) Modeling and Projection Over Western Canada, Including Mackenzie Watershed / Yanping Li and Zhenhua Li 29 Responses of Boreal Forest Ecosystems and Permafrost to Climate Change and Disturbances: A Modeling Perspective / Shuhua Yi and Fengming Yuan 30 Future Trajectory of Arctic System Evolution / Kazuyuki Saito, John E. Walsh, Arvid Bring, Ross Brown, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Daqing Yang Correction to: Arctic Hydrology, Permafrost and Ecosystems / Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: 9783030789275 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book is based on results from the Russian expedition in the region of the Antarctic Peninsula and Powell Basin in the northern part of the Weddell Sea, as well as on the review of earlier research in the region. The main goal of the research was to collect the newest data and study the physical properties and ecology of this key region of the Southern Ocean. Data analysis is supplemented with numerical modeling of the atmosphere-ocean interaction and circulation in the adjacent region, including research on rogue waves. The focus of the study was the Antarctic Circumpolar Current, currents and water properties in the Bransfield Strait and Antarctic Sound, properties of seawater, currents, ecosystem and biological communities in the Powell Basin of the northwestern Weddell Sea, and their variations. An attempt is made to reveal the role of various components of the Antarctic environment in the formation of biological productivity and maintenance of the Antarctic krill population. This is especially important as in the last decades the Antarctic environment has experienced significant changes related to the global climatic trends.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 455 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030789275
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology Volume 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Atmosphere-Ocean Interaction and Physical Oceanography 1 Geostrophic and Wind-Driven Components of the Antarctic Circumpolar Current / Nikolay A. Diansky, Varvara V. Bagatinskaya, Anatoly V. Gusev, and Eugene G. Morozov 2 Multi-jet Structure of the Antarctic Circumpolar Current / Roman Yu Tarakanov 3 Frontal Zone Between Relatively Warm and Cold Waters in the Northern Weddell Sea / Eugene G. Morozov, Viktor A. Krechik, Dmitry I. Frey, Alexander A. Polukhin, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Valentina V. Kasyan, Philipp V. Sapozhnikov, and Rinat Z. Mukhametianov 4 Water Masses, Currents, and Phytoplankton in the Bransfield Strait in January 2020 / Eugene G. Morozov, Dmitry I. Frey, Viktor A. Krechik, Alexander A. Polukhin, and Philipp V. Sapozhnikov 5 Intra-annual Variability of Water Structure in the Atlantic Sector of the Southern Ocean Based on the ECMWF ORA-S3 and OI SST Reanalysis / Yuri V. Artamonov, Elena A. Skripaleva, Alexander V. Fedirko, and Nikolay V. Nikolsky 6 The Circulation and Mixing Zone in the Antarctic Sound in February 2020 / Alexander V. Krek, Elena V. Krek, and Viktor A. Krechik 7 Rogue Waves in the Drake Passage: Unpredictable Hazard / Ekaterina G. Didenkulova, Tatiana G. Talipova, and Efim N. Pelinovsky 8 Water Mass Transformation in the Powell Basin / Alina A. Fedotova and Svetlana V. Stepanova 9 Interannual Variations of Water Mass Properties in the Central Basin of the Bransfield Strait / Alina A. Fedotova and Sergey V. Kashin 10 Sea Surface Temperature and Ice Concentration Analysis Based on the NOAA Long-Term Satellite and Sea-Truth Data in the Atlantic Antarctic / Viktor V. Zamshin and Vladislav A. Shliupikov Part II Chemical Oceanography, Seawater Optical Properties, Productivity and Microbial Processes 11 Hydrochemical Structure of Waters in the Northern Weddell Sea in Austral Summer 2020 / Svetlana V. Stepanova, Alexander A. Polukhin, Gennadii V. Borisenko, Anna L. Chultsova, Evgeniia N. Marina, Oleg S. Popov, Anna M. Seliverstova, Anna V. Vidnichuk, and Petr P. Tishchenko 12 Features and Processes of the Oxygen and pCO2 Dynamics in the Surface Waters in the Western Parts of the Weddell and Scotia Seas (Southern Ocean) / Natalia A. Orekhova, Anna V. Vidnichuk, and Sergey K. Konovalov 13 Earth’s Insolation and Spatiotemporal Variability of Albedo in the Antarctic / Anton A. Bukatov and Margarita V. Babiy 14 Quantitative and Productional Characteristics of Microplankton in the Powell Basin and Bransfield Strait in Summer / Nadezda D. Romanova, Sergey A. Mosharov, Olga V. Vorobieva, and Elena V. Bardyukova 15 Detection of Thermophilic Methanotrophic Microbial Communities in the Water Column of the Bransfield Strait (Antarctica) / Anna L. Ponomareva, Nikita S. Polonik, Aleksandra V. Kim, and Renat B. Shakirov 16 Spectral Bio-optical Properties of Waters in the Bransfield Strait and Powell Basin / Tanya Ya Churilova, Nataliia A. Moiseeva, Tatiana V. Efimova, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Elena Y. Skorokhod, and Anatoly S. Buchelnikov 17 Variability of Seawater Optical Properties in the Adjacent Water Basins of the Antarctic Peninsula in January and February 2020 / Alexandr A. Latushkin, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Anton V. Garmashov, Pavel A. Salyuk, Inna V. Sahling, and Dmitry I. Glukhovets 18 Bio-Optical Models for Estimating Euphotic Zone Depth in the Western Atlantic Sector of the Southern Ocean in the Antarctic Summer / Pavel A. Salyuk, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Dmitry I. Glukhovets, Alexander N. Khrapko, Anatoly V. Grigoriev, Alexandr A. Latushkin, and Nadezda D. Romanova 19 Phycoerythrin Pigment Distribution in the Upper Water Layer Across the Weddell-Scotia Confluence Zone and Drake Passage / Pavel A. Salyuk, Dmitry I. Glukhovets, Alexander Yu. Mayor, Natalia A. Moiseeva, Vladimir A. Artemiev, and Alexander N. Khrapko 20 Nanophytoplankton in the Bransfield Strait: Contribution of Cryptophyta to the Community Abundance and Biomass During Austral Summer / Vladimir S. Mukhanov, Evgeny G. Sakhon, Aleksander A. Polukhin, and Vladimir A. Artemiev Part III Section Marine Ecosystems and Their Oceanographical Background 21 Phytopelagic Communities of the Powell Basin in the Summer of 2020 / Philipp V. Sapozhnikov, Olga Yu. Kalinina, and Tatiana V. Morozova 22 Bioluminescence in the Atlantic Sector of the Southern Ocean Based on the Field Observations and Sounding Data / Aleksandr V. Melnik, Viktor V. Melnikov, Lidiya A. Melnik, Olga V. Mashukova, and Sergei V. Kapranov 23 Parasites as an Inseparable Part of Antarctic and Subantarctic Marine Biodiversity / Tatyana A. Polyakova and Ilya I. Gordeev 24 Spatial Distribution, Species Composition, and Number of Seabirds in the Argentine Basin, Drake Passage, East of Antarctic Peninsula, and Powell Basin in January–March 2020 / Sergey P. Kharitonov, Alexander L. Mischenko, Nikolai B. Konyukhov, Alexander E. Dmitriyev, Andrey V. Tretyakov, Gleb Yu. Pilipenko, Svetlana M. Artemyeva, and Matvey S. Mamayev 25 Spatial Distribution, Species Composition, and Number of Marine Mammals in the Argentine Basin, Drake Passage, East of Antarctic Peninsula, and Powell Basin in January–March 2020 / Sergey P. Kharitonov, Andrey V. Tretyakov, Alexander L. Mischenko, Nikolai B. Konyukhov, Svetlana M. Artemyeva, Gleb Yu. Pilipenko, Matvey S. Mamayev, and Alexander E. Dmitriyev 26 Meat in the Ocean: How Much and Who Is to Blame? / Sergey P. Kharitonov, Andrey V. Tretyakov, and Alexander L. Mischenko 27 Macro- and Mesozooplankton in the Powell Basin (Antarctica): Species Composition and Distribution of Abundance and Biomass in February 2020 / Vladimir A. Yakovenko, Vassily A. Spiridonov, Konstantin M. Gorbatenko, Nickolai V. Shadrin, Ernest Z. Samyshev, and Natalia I. Minkina 28 Application of Autonomous Underwater Vehicles for Research of Ecosystems in the Southern Ocean / Alexander Yu. Konoplin, Alexey I. Borovik, Denis N. Mikhailov, Yuriy V. Vaulin, Alexander F. Scherbatyuk, Alexey A. Boreiko, Roman A. Babaev, Dmitriy A. Bolovin, and Dmitriy I. Tregubenko 29 Heavy Metals and Anthropogenic Radionuclides in the Region of the Antarctic Peninsula / Artem A. Paraskiv, Natalia Yu. Mirzoeva, Nataliya N. Tereshchenko, Vladislav Yu. Proskurnin, Ilya G. Sidorov, Svetlana I. Arkhipova, and Eugene G. Morozov
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Call number: 9780128171301 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (786 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2nd edition
    ISBN: 978-0-12-817130-1
    Series Statement: Hazards and disasters series
    Former Title: Snow and ice-related hazards, risks, and disasters (1. Auflage, Druckausgabe)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Contributors Editorial foreword Preface CHAPTER 1 Snow and ice-related hazards, risks, and disasters: Facing challenges of rapid change and long-term commitments / Wilfried Haeberli and Colin Whiteman 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Costs and benefits: Living with snow and ice 1.3 Small and large, fast and slow, local to global: Dealing with constraints 1.4 Beyond historical experience: Monitoring, modeling, and managing rapid and irreversible changes Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 2 Physical, thermal, and mechanical properties of snow, ice, and permafrost / Lukas Arenson (U.), William Colgan, and Hans Peter Marshall 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Density and structure 2.2.1 Snow 2.2.2 Ice 2.2.3 Frozen ground/permafrost 2.3 Thermal properties 2.3.1 Snow 2.3.2 Ice 2.3.3 Frozen ground 2.4 Mechanical properties 2.4.1 Brittle behavior 2.4.2 Ductile behavior 2.5 Electromagnetic and wave properties 2.5.1 Snow 2.5.2 Ice 2.5.3 Frozen ground 2.6 Summary Acknowledgment References.. CHAPTER 3 Snow and ice in the climate system / Atsumu Ohmura 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Physical extent of the cryosphere 3.3 Climatic conditions of the cryosphere 3.3.1 Snow cover 3.3.2 Sea ice 3.3.3 Permafrost 3.3.4 Glaciers References CHAPTER 4 Snow and ice in the hydrosphere / Jan Seibert, Michal Jenicek, Matthias Huss, Tracy Ewen, and Daniel Viviroli 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Snow accumulation and melt 4.2.1 Snowpack description 4.2.2 Snow accumulation 4.2.3 Snow redistribution, metamorphism, and ripening process 4.2.4 Snowpack development 4.2.5 Snowmelt 4.3 Glaciers and glacial mass balance 4.3.1 Glacier mass balance 4.3.2 Glacial drainage system 4.3.3 Modeling glacier discharge 4.4 Hydrology of snow- and ice-covered catchments 4.4.1 Influence of snow on discharge 4.4.2 Snowmelt runoff and climate change 4.4.3 Influence of glaciers on discharge 4.4.4 River ice 4.4.5 Seasonally frozen soil and permafrost 4.5 Concluding remarks References CHAPTER 5 Snow, ice, and the biosphere / Terry V. Callaghan and Margareta Johansson 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Adaptations to snow, ice, and permafrost. 5.3 Snow and ice as habitats 5.4 Snow as a moderator of habitat 5.4.1 Modification of winter habitat 5.4.2 Modification of nonwinter habitat 5.4.3 Effects of changing snow on the biosphere 5.5 Ice as a moderator of habitat 5.5.1 Mechanical effects of ice 5.5.2 Effects of changing lake and river ice on the biosphere 5.5.3 Effects of changing sea ice on the biosphere 5.6 Permafrost as a moderator of habitat 5.6.1 Effects of changing permafrost on the biosphere 5.6.2 Snow-permafrost-vegetation interactions 5.7 Vegetation as a moderator of snow, ice, and permafrost habitats 5.8 Conclusions Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 6 Ice and snow as land-forming agents / Darrel A. Swift, Simon Cook, Tobias Heckmann, Isabelle Gärtner-Roer, Oliver Korup, and Jeffrey Moore 6.1 Glacial processes and landscapes 6.1.1 Erosion mechanisms and their controls 6.1.2 Landforms and associated hazards 6.1.3 Landscape evolution and rates of glacial incision 6.1.4 Recommended avenues for further research 6.2 Periglacial and permafrost processes and landforms 6.2.1 Landforms and processes related to seasonal frost and permafrost 6.3 The role of snow in forming landscapes 6.3.1 Influence of snow cover on geomorphic processes 6.3.2 Snow-related geomorphic processes and landforms 6.3.3 Potential impacts of global change on snow-related geomorphic processes 6.3.4 Quantifying rates 6.3.5 Modeling 6.4 Conclusions and outlook Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 7 Mountains, lowlands, and coasts: The physiography of cold landscapes / Tobias Bolch and Hanne H. Christiansen 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Physiography of the terrestrial cryosphere 7.2.1 High altitudes/mountains 7.2.2 Cold lowlands 7.2.3 Cold coasts 7.3 Glaciers and ice sheets: Extent and distribution 7.4 Permafrost types, extent, and distribution 7.5 Glacier-permafrost interactions References CHAPTER 8 A socio-cryospheric systems approach to glacier hazards, glacier runoff variability, and climate change / Mark Carey, Graham McDowell, Christian Huggel, Becca Marshall, Holly Moulton, Cesar Portocarrero, Zachary Provant, John M. Reynolds, and Luis Vicuña 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Integrated adaptation in dynamic socio-cryospheric systems 8.3 Glacier and glacial lake hazards 8.3.1 Cordillera Blanca, Peru 8.3.2 Santa Teresa, Peru 8.3.3 Nepal 8.4 Volcano-ice hazards 8.5 Glacier runoff, hydrologic variability, and water use hazards 8.5.1 Nepal 8.5.2 Peru 8.6 Coastal resources and hazards 8.7 Discussion and conclusions Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 9 Integrative risk management: The example of snow avalanches / Michael Bründl and Stefan Margreth 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Risk analysis 9.2.1 Hazard analysis 9.2.2 Exposure and vulnerability analysis 9.2.3 Consequence analysis and calculation of risk 9.3 Risk evaluation 9.3.1 Evaluation of individual risk 9.3.2 Evaluation of collective risk 9.4 Mitigation of risk 9.4.1 Meaning of mitigation of risk 9.4.2 Technical avalanche mitigation measures 9.4.3 Land-use planning 9.4.4 Biological measures and protection forests 9.4.5 Organizational measures 9.5 Methods and tools for risk assessment and evaluation of mitigation measures 9.6 Case study “Evaluation of avalanche mitigation measures for Juneau, Alaska” 9.6.1 Introduction 9.6.2 Avalanche situation 9.6.3 Hazard analysis 9.6.4 Consequence analysis and risk evaluation 9.6.5 Protection measures 9.6.6 Conclusions 9.7 Final remarks References CHAPTER 10 Permafrost degradation / Dmitry Streletskiy 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Drivers of permafrost and active-layer change across space and time 10.2.1 Role of climate: Air temperature and liquid precipitation 10.2.2 Role of topography 10.2.3 Role of vegetation and snow 10.2.4 Role of soil properties 10.3 Observed permafrost and active-layer changes 10.4 Permafrost modeling and forecasting 10.5 Permafrost degradation and infrastructure hazards 10.5.1 Buildings on permafrost 10.5.2 Pipelines on permafrost 10.5.3 Railroads, roads, and utility on permafrost 10.6 Coastal erosion and permafrost 10.7 Summary Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 11 Radioactive waste under conditions of future ice ages / Urs H. Fischer, Anke Bebiolka, Jenny Brandefelt, Denis Cohen, Joel Harper, Sarah Hirschorn, Mark Jensen, Laura Kennell, Johan Liakka, Jens-Ove Näslund, Stefano Normani, Heidrun Stück, and Axel Weitkamp 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Timing of future glacial inception 11.2.1 Introduction 11.2.2 Definition of glacial inception 11.2.3 Controlling factors of glacial inception 11.2.4 Future long-term variations of insolation and atmospheric greenhouse gas concentrations 11.2.5 Modeling of future glacial inception 11.2.6 Timing of future glacial inception and concluding remarks 11.3 The glacier ice-groundwater interface: Constraints from a transect of the modern Greenland Ice Sheet 11.3.1 Background 11.3.2 Basal thermal state 11.3.3 Framework of the ice-bed interface 11.3.4 Basal water 11.3.5 Summary 11.4 Deep glacial erosion in the Alpine Foreland of northern Switzerland 11.4.1 Background 11.4.2 Ice age conditions 11.4.3 Processes of glacial erosion and glacial overdeepening 11.4.4 Water flow in overdeepenings 11.4.5 Deep glacial erosion in the Swiss Plateau 11.4.6 Future research focus 11.5 Tunnel valleys in Germany and their relevance to the long-term safety of nuclear waste repositories 11.5.1 Background 11.5.2 Formation of tunnel valleys 11.5.3 Tunnel valleys in Northern Germany 11.5.4 Tunnel valleys in the German North Sea 11.5.5 Glacial overdeepening in Southern Germany 11.5.6 Impact of tunnel valley formation on host rocks 11.6 Assessment of glacial impacts on geosphere stability and barrier capacity—Canadian perspective 11.6.1 Background 11.6.2 Bruce Nuclear Site—Location and geologic setting Acknowledgments References CHAPTER 12 Snow avalanches / Jürg Schweizer, Perry Bartelt, and Alec van Herwijnen 12.1 Introduction 12.2 The avalanche phenomenon 12.3 Avalanche release 12.3.1 Dry-snow avalanches 1
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boca Raton : CRC Press
    Call number: AWI S2-23-95057
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvii, 593 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-0-367-13991-9
    Series Statement: Texts in statistical science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface to the Second Edition Preface Audience Teaching strategy How to use this book Installing the rethinking R package Acknowledgments Chapter 1. The Golem of Prague 1.1. Statistical golems 1.2. Statistical rethinking 1.3. Tools for golem engineering 1.4. Summary Chapter 2. Small Worlds and Large Worlds 2.1. The garden of forking data 2.2. Building a model 2.3. Components of the model 2.4. Making the model go 2.5. Summary 2.6. Practice Chapter 3. Sampling the Imaginary . . 3.1. Sampling from a grid-approximate posterior 3.2. Sampling to summarize 3.3. Sampling to simulate prediction 3.4. Summary 3.5. Practice Chapter 4. Geocentric Models 4.1. Why normal distributions are normal 4.2. A language for describing models 4.3. Gaussian model of height 4.4. Linear prediction 4.5. Curves from lines 4.6. Summary 4.7. Practice Chapter 5. The Many Variables & The Spurious Waffles 5.1. Spurious association 5.2. Masked relationship 5.3. Categorical variables 5.4. Summary 5.5. Practice Chapter 6. The Haunted DAG & The Causal Terror 6.1. Multicollinearity 6.2. Post-treatment bias 6.3. Collider bias 6.4. Confronting confounding 6.5. Summary 6.6. Practice Chapter 7. Ulysses' Compass 7.1. The problem with parameters 7.2. Entropy and accuracy 7.3. Golem taming: regularization 7.4. Predicting predictive accuracy 7.5. Model comparison 7.6. Summary 7.7. Practice Chapter 8. Conditional Manatees 8.1. Building an interaction 8.2. Symmetry of interactions 8.3. Continuous interactions 8.4. Summary 8.5. Practice Chapter 9. Markov Chain Monte Carlo 9.1. Good King Markov and his island kingdom 9.2. Metropolis algorithms 9.3. Hamiltonian Monte Carlo 9.4. Easy HMC: ulam 9.5. Care and feeding of your Markov chain 9.6. Summary 9.7. Practice Chapter 10. Big Entropy and the Generalized Linear Model 10.1. Maximum entropy 10.2. Generalized linear models 10.3. Maximum entropy priors 10.4. Summary Chapter 11. God Spiked the Integers 11.1. Binomial regression 11.2. Poisson regression 11.3. Multinomial and categorical models 11.4. Summary 11.5. Practice Chapter 12. Monsters and Mixtures 12.1. Over-dispersed counts 12.2. Zero-inflated outcomes 12.3. Ordered categorical outcomes 12.4. Ordered categorical predictors 12.5. Summary 12.6. Practice Chapter 13. Models With Memory 13.1. Example: Multilevel tadpoles 13.2. Varying effects and the underfitting/overfitting trade-off 13.3. More than one type of cluster 13.4. Divergent transitions and non-centered priors 13.5. Multilevel posterior predictions 13.6. Summary 13.7. Practice Chapter 14. Adventures in Covariance 14.1. Varying slopes by construction 14.2. Advanced varying slopes 14.3. Instruments and causal designs 14.4. Social relations as correlated varying effects 14.5. Continuous categories and the Gaussian process 14.6. Summary 14.7. Practice Chapter 15. Missing Data and Other Opportunities 15.1. Measurement error 15.2. Missing data 15.3. Categorical errors and discrete absences 15.4. Summary 15.5. Practice Chapter 16. Generalized Linear Madness 16.1. Geometric people 16.2. Hidden minds and observed behavior 16.3. Ordinary differential nut cracking 16.4. Population dynamics 16.5. Summary 16.6. Practice Chapter 17. Horoscopes Endnotes Bibliography Citation index Topic index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030313791 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a cross-disciplinary overview of permafrost and the carbon cycle by providing an introduction into the geographical distribution of permafrost, with a focus on the distribution of permafrost and its soil carbon reservoirs. The chapters explain the basic physical properties and processes of permafrost soils: ice, mineral and organic components, and how these interact with climate, vegetation and geomorphological processes. In particular, the book covers the role of the large quantities of ice in many permafrost soils which are crucial to understanding carbon cycle processes. An explanation is given on how permafrost becomes loaded with ice and carbon. Gas hydrates are also introduced. Structures and processes formed by the intense freeze-thaw action in the active layer are considered (e.g. ice wedging, cryoturbation), and the processes that occur as the permafrost thaws, (pond and lake formation, erosion). The book introduces soil carbon accumulation and decomposition mechanisms and how these are modified in a permafrost environment. A separate chapter deals with deep permafrost carbon, gas reservoirs and recently discovered methane emission phenomena from regions such as Northwest Siberia and the Siberian yedoma permafrost.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (508 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030313791 , 978-3-030-31379-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What Is Permafrost and Where Does it Occur? 1.2 Research on Permafrost: A Shifting Focus from Ice to Carbon 1.3 The Permafrost Carbon Feedback 1.4 Setting the Stage 1.4.1 Climate in Permafrost Areas 1.4.2 Vegetation in Permafrost Areas 1.4.3 Peatlands and Wetlands 1.4.4 Soils 1.4.5 Ice Age Permafrost 1.4.6 Geomorphology 1.5 Recent and Future Climate Change 1.6 The Uncertain Future of Permafrost References 2 The Energy Balance of Permafrost Soils and Ecosystems 2.1 The Radiation Balance 2.2 Latent, Sensible and Conductive Heat Fluxes 2.2.1 Partitioning of the Radiative Flux into Turbulent and Conductive Fluxes 2.2.2 Measurement Uncertainty 2.3 Heat Balance of Vegetation Cover 2.4 Seasonality of the Surface Heat Balance Illustrated by Data 2.4.1 Summer 2.4.2 Winter Cooling 2.4.3 Changes in the Heat Balance and Climate Change 2.5 Ground Heat Flux 2.5.1 Soil Profile Scale 2.5.2 The Effect of Ground Surface Conditions on Soil Temperature and Heat Flux 2.5.3 Large Scale Approaches 2.6 Deeper Permafrost Temperature Profile and Lateral Heat Fluxes 2.7 Lakes and Other Water Bodies References 3 The Role of Ground Ice 3.1 Basic Soil Ice Characteristics 3.2 Ice Segregation and Frost Heave 3.2.1 Ice Segregation Process 3.2.2 Environmental Conditions for Ice Segregation 3.3 Cracking and Wedging 3.3.1 Processes of Ice Wedge Formation 3.3.2 Ice Wedges in the Landscape 3.4 Frost Mounds 3.4.1 Palsas and Similar Features 3.4.2 Pingos 3.5 Cryoturbation and Patterned Ground 3.6 Slope Process: Solifluction and Cryogenic Landslides 3.7 Contribution of Ice to Rock Weathering 3.8 Ice and Hydrology 3.8.1 Active Layer Hydrological Processes 3.8.2 Runoff and River Discharge 3.9 Thaw Lakes 3.9.1 Thaw Lake Formation and Geomorphology 3.9.2 Thaw Lake Disappearance 3.10 Mapping Ice Content References 4 Permafrost Carbon Quantities and Fluxes 4.1 The Ecosystem Carbon Balance 4.1.1 Terrestrial Environments 4.1.2 Lakes 4.1.3 The Greenhouse Gas Balance 4.2 Vegetation Primary Production 4.2.1 Photosynthesis and Carbon Allocation 4.2.2 Primary Production in a Cold Climate 4.3 Vegetation Composition: Effects on the Carbon Cycle 4.4 Carbon Quantity in Permafrost Soils and Frozen Deposits 4.4.1 Yedoma Deposits 4.4.2 Peat 4.4.3 Alluvial and Lake Sediments 4.4.4 Landscape-Scale Variation of the Soil Organic Carbon Stock 4.5 Soil Organic Matter Quality and Decomposition 4.5.1 Organic Matter Quality in Permafrost 4.5.2 Carbon Conservation in Permafrost 4.5.3 Decomposer Communities in Cold and Waterlogged Soils 4.5.4 Organic Matter Decomposition Reaction Rates and Their Dependence on Temperature 4.5.5 Nutrient Cycles and Nitrous Oxide 4.5.6 Ecosystem Methane Emission 4.6 Ecosystem Carbon Flux Data 4.6.1 Quantifying Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes of Permafrost Ecosystems by Surface Measurements 4.6.2 Temporal and Spatial Variability of Permafrost Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes References 5 Permafrost in Transition 5.1 Which Changes? 5.2 Diffuse Permafrost Thaw 5.2.1 Observations of Active Layer Thickness and Surface Subsidence 5.2.2 Relation of Active Layer Thickness with Climate Change 5.2.3 Carbon Cycle Effects of Active Layer and Soil Temperature Change 5.2.4 Self-Heating Effect 5.3 Permafrost Thaw and Geomorphological Change 5.3.1 Thaw Pond and Fen Development 5.3.2 Thaw Lake Expansion 5.3.3 Thaw Lake Carbon Cycle Change 5.3.4 Erosion 5.4 Hydrological Changes 5.4.1 Water Balance: Groundwater Hydrology and Permafrost Thaw 5.4.2 Water Balance: Precipitation and Evapotranspiration 5.4.3 River Discharge Changes and Flooding 5.4.4 Water Transport of Carbon and Nutrients 5.4.5 Soil Hydrology Changes – Wetting or Drying? 5.4.6 Soil Hydrology Changes – Carbon Cycle Effects References 6 Vegetation Change 6.1 Zonal Vegetation Shifts 6.1.1 Present Climate-Related Vegetation Change 6.1.2 Arctic Greening and Browning 6.1.3 Feedbacks on Climate and Soil Temperature 6.1.4 Carbon Balance Effects of Vegetation Change 6.1.5 Fire 6.2 Thawing Permafrost and Vegetation 6.2.1 Effects of Permafrost Thaw on Vegetation: Nutrient Release 6.2.2 Below-Ground Interaction of Root Systems with Nutrients and Soil Carbon 6.2.3 Abrupt Thaw and Vegetation 6.2.4 Resilience 6.3 Human Vegetation Disturbance: Industrialisation and Agriculture References 7 Methane 7.1 Deep CH4 Sources 7.2 Climate Change Related Release of Deep Permafrost CH4 7.3 Cryovolcanism: Gas Emission Craters 7.4 CH4 Emissions in Perspective: Ecosystem Emissons, CO2 and N2O References 8 Models: Forecasting the Present and Future of Permafrost 8.1 Land Surface Models 8.2 Permafrost Models 8.3 The Carbon Cycle in Models 8.4 Geomorphology: Lake Formation and Erosion in Models 8.5 Outlook References Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Call number: 9783030752781 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses the improvement and dissemination of knowledge on methods, policies and technologies for increasing the sustainability of development by de-coupling growth from natural resources and replacing them with knowledge-based economy, taking into account its economic, environmental and social pillars, as well as methods for assessing and measuring sustainability of development, regarding water and environment. This book gathers scholar and experts in related fields. All attendees from a vast range of companies, universities and government institutions acquire advanced technical knowledge and are introduced to new fields through discussions that focus on their own specialties as well as a variety of interdisciplinary areas. The authors hope most of scholars can find what they really need in this book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 343 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030752781 , 978-3-030-75278-1
    ISSN: 1863-5520 , 1863-5539
    Series Statement: Environmental science and engineering
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Solar Thermal Energy Production in DSF Applied in the Human Comfort Improvements / Eusébio Conceição, Ma Inês Conceição, Ma Manuela Lúcio, João Gomes, André Ramos, and Hazim Awbi 2 Hydraulics Geometry Analysis of UPNM Channel / Zuliziana Suif, Saiful Syazwan Wahi Anuar, Nordila Ahmad, Maidiana Othman, and Siti Khadijah Che Osmi 3 Productivity Enhancement of Solar Still Distillation System Using Immersion-Type Water Heater / Nordila Ahmad, Norhasirah Mohd Isa, Zuliziana Suif, Maidana Othman, Jestin Jelani, and Jaafar Adnan 4 Stability Analysis of a Man-Made Slope: A Case Study on the UPNM Campus, Sg Besi, Kuala Lumpur / Jestin Jelani, Mohamad Saiful Adli Hah, Mohd Nazrin Mohd Daud, Nordila Ahmad, Maidiana Othman, and Wan Mohamed Syafuan Wan Mohamed Sabri 5 Comparison of the Full-Scale Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plant Designs Consisting of Modified Bardenpho Process with and Without Membrane Bioreactor for Nutrient Removal: Cost Analysis / Shahryar Jafarinejad 6 Analysis of the Influence of Wax Precipitation and Paraffin Control Technology on Environmental Protection / Deyin Zhao, Yi Zhao, Rongqiang Zhong, Lirong Yao, and Gaojie Liang 7 Impact of Abandoned Oil Well on Ecological Environment and Analysis of Geothermal Exploitation / Lirong Yao, Yi Zhao, Deyin Zhao, Rongqiang Zhong, and Jinbao Li 8 Numerical Evaluation of the Temperature Distribution in a Tree Trunk in a Forest Fire Environment / Eusébio Conceição, João Gomes, Maria Manuela Lúcio, Jorge Raposo, Domingos Xavier, and Maria Teresa Viegas 9 Analysis of Soluble Organic Polar Fractions from Sea Salt by GC–MS / Guo-hua Chang, Kang-ping Zhao, Bin Yue, Zhuo-xin Yin, Xiao-ke Li, and Hai-li Sun 10 Microplastics in Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plants: Dynamic Distribution, Seasonal Variation, and Removal Efficiencies / Sujarat Saiwaree and Vorapot Kanokkantapong 11 Spatial–Temporal Variation Analysis on Ecosystem Service Values in a Typical Inland River Basin, Northwest China / Mingtao Li, Lingfen Kang, and Chuancheng Zhao 12 Transportation of Chromium(VI) from Hydrochloric Acid Medium via a Dispersion Supported Liquid Membrane Using N235 / Yingxue Li, Yijian Zhong, Jiaheng Wu, Qingsong Shao, Xiaoyan Chen, and Yan Zhu 13 Effects of Important Factors on Determination of Metals in Soil Samples Using Hand-Held X-ray Fluorescence / Zhuoxin Yin, Yijun Wen, Weidong Chen, Fanxiang Han, Guohua Chang, and Caiping Yao 14 Collaboration Mapping in Sustainable Development: A Case Study from Haze in Chiang Mai / Pongtip Thiengburanathum 15 Greywater Treatment in Continuous Flow Solar Photocatalytic Reactor Using Graphite Supported Nitrogen-Doped TiO2 / Kumari Priyanka, Neelancherry Remya, and Manaswini Behera 16 Effect of Current and Electrodes Area to Color Removal Efficiency and Energy Consumption by Electrocoagulation Process / Bang-on Nareerob and Ponlakit Jitto 17 Accessing the Sustainable Developments Principle of Protection of the Mekong River’s Water Resources / Thuy Hang Tran, Hong Hanh Pham, and Thanh Hoa Ha 18 Key Technology and Economic Analysis of Using Fujiang River Water as the Cooling and Heating Sources for Air Conditioning System / Zhang Wei, Fu Daoyou, Yao Mingqiang, and Gan Shiyuan 19 Highly Effective Magnetic Silica-Chitosan Hybrid for Sulfate Ion Adsorption / Sukamto, Yuichi Kamiya, Bambang Rusdiarso, and Nuryono 20 Statistical Analysis of Water and Sediment Research in Heilongjiang River Basin / Ning Yu, Lei Zhang, Jun Li, and Yousheng Wang 21 Empowering Citizens’ Resilience - The FLOODLABEL / P. Meier, H. Meyer, A. Schüttrumpf, and G. Johann 22 Sustainable Environmental Planning of a Tourist Destination Bulgaria - State and Trends / Elenita Velikova 23 Analytical Approach for Sustainable Multi-Objective Management of Sediment-Algae Dynamics / Hidekazu Yoshioka and Saya Hashimoto 24 From Convergent to Ecological Transition—Challenges for the Management and Regional Development of Bulgaria / Georgi Tsolov and Nikola Tanakov 25 Comparison Methods of Carbon Oil Sorbents Hardening / Elena Ushakova, Liliya Soloveva, and Andrey Ushakov 26 Integration of Experimental and Numerical Methods to Investigate the Effect of Hydraulic Retention Time on Ultrafiltration Membrane Fouling / Meng Yao, Ting Chen, Zhilin Ran, Xiaoqing Dong, and Guosheng Wang 27 Using Electrodialysis to Recycle Chemical Polishing Agent from Anodizing Industry / Jih-Hsing Chang, Mohanraj Kumar, and Shan-Yi Shen 28 Methodological Aspects of Strategic Regional Planning for Achieving Sustainable Development in Bulgaria / Georgi Nikolov, Elka Vasileva, and Desislava Botseva 29 Study on the Model of Construction Safety Risk Evaluation Coupling Multiple Factors in Navigable Waters / Hui Sun, Yuchi Hao, Jiaming Qu, Ping Zhu, and Runli Tao 30 Distribution Characteristics of Plastic Particles in Coastal and Beach of Hsinchu, Taiwan / Ying-Fang Hsu, Feng-Hsin Chang, Pei-Yi Feng, Hsiao-Chien Huang, Chi-Yu Chuang, Shinhao Yang, and Wei-Ting Liu
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Call number: 9783030459093 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses a broad range of issues concerning microplastic pollution, including microplastic pollution in various environments (freshwater, marine, air and soil); the sources, fate and effects of microplastics; detection systems for microplastic pollution monitoring; green approaches for the synthesis of environmentally friendly polymers; recovery and recycling of marine plastics; wastewater treatment plants as a microplastic entrance route; nanoplastics as emerging pollutants; degradation of plastics in the marine environment; impacts of microplastics on marine life; microplastics: from marine pollution to the human food chain; mitigation of microplastic impacts and innovative solutions; sampling, extraction, purification and identification approaches for microplastics; adsorption and transport of pollutants on and in microplastics; and lastly, the socio-economic and environmental impacts: assessment and risk analysis. In addition to presenting cutting-edge information and highlighting current trends and issues, the book proposes concrete solutions to help face this significant environmental threat. It is chiefly intended for researchers and industry decision-makers; international, national and local institutions; and NGOs, providing them with comprehensive information on the origin of the problem; its effects on marine environments, with a particular focus on the Mediterranean Sea and coasts; and recent and ongoing research activities and projects aimed at finding technical solutions to mitigate the phenomenon. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 329 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030459093 , 978-3-030-45909-3
    ISSN: 2364-6934 , 2364-8198
    Series Statement: Springer Water
    Language: English
    Note: Contents The Impact of Microplastics on Filter-Feeding Megafauna / Maria Cristina Fossi, Matteo Baini, and Cristina Panti Microplastic Contamination of Sediment and Water Column in the Seine River Estuary / Soline Alligant, Johnny Gasperi, Aline Gangnery, Frank Maheux, Benjamin Simon, Marie-Pierre Halm-Lemille, Maria El Rakwe, Catherine Dreanno, Jérôme Cachot, and Bruno Tassin Plastic Debris in Urban Water and in Freshwater: Lessons Learned from Research Projects Launched in the Seine Basin Catchment / Johnny Gasperi, Soline Alligant, Rachid Dris, Romain Tramoy, Robin Treilles, and Bruno Tassin Insights on Ecotoxicological Effects of Microplastics in Marine Ecosystems: The EPHEMARE Project / Francesco Regoli, Marina Albentosa, Carlo Giacomo Avio, Annika Batel, Maria João Bebianno, Marie-Laure Bégout, Ricardo Beiras, Juan Bellas, Ronny Blust, Agathe Bour, Thomas Braunbeck, Jérôme Cachot, Camilla Catarci Carteny, Bettie Cormier, Xavier Cousin, Alberto Cuesta, María Ángeles Esteban, Marco Faimali, Chiara Gambardella, Francesca Garaventa, Stefania Gorbi, Lúcia Guilhermino, Ketil Hylland, Steffen H. Keiter, Kathrin Kopke, Bénédicte Morin, Alexandre Pacheco, Lucia Pittura, Raewyn M. Town, and Luis R. Vieira What Can Model Polystyrene Nanoparticles Can Teach Us on the Impact of Nanoplastics in Bivalves? Studies in Mytilus from the Molecular to the Organism Level / Manon Auguste, Teresa Balbi, Caterina Ciacci, and Laura Canesi In Vitro Effects of Mercury (Hg) on the Immune Function of Mediterranean Mussel (Mytilus Galloprovincialis) Are Enhanced in Presence of Microplastics in the Extracellular Medium / Concepción Martínez-Gómez, Juan Santos-Echeandía, José R. Rivera-Hernández, Ramón Ortuño, Marina Albentosa, and Víctor M. León Study of Chemical Pollutants over Marine Microplastics Based on Their Composition and Degradation Rate / Bárbara Abaroa-Pérez, Daura Vega-Moreno, and J. Joaquín Hernández-Brito Marine Litter: Are There Solutions to This Environmental Challenge? / Richard C. Thompson and Francesca De Falco Development of a Thermo Degradation Method to Assess Levels and Distribution of Microplastics in Marine Sediments and Its Application in Two Case Studies: The Northern Adriatic Sea (Italy) and Boknafjord (Norway) / Alessio Gomiero, Kjell Birger Øysæd, Pierluigi Strafella, Gianna Fabi, and Giuseppe Scarcella Microplastics Extraction and Counting from Wastewater and Sludge Through Elutriation and Hydrocyclone / Rubén Rodríguez-Alegre, Javier Eduardo Sánchez-Ramírez, Laura Pastor, Silvia Doñate, Adrián Marí, Abel Lara, and Edxon Licon Microfiber Pollution from Source to Mitigation / Francesca De Falco, Emilia Di Pace, Gennaro Gentile, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Maurizio Avella, and Mariacristina Cocca Textile Fibres in Mediterranean Surface Waters: Abundance and Composition / Giuseppe Suaria, Marta Musso, Aikaterini Achtypi, Deborah Bassotto, and Stefano Aliani When Size Matters – Textile Microfibers into the Environment / Francisco Belzagui, Carmen Gutiérrez-Bouzán, Antonio Álvarez-Sánchez, and Mercedes Vilaseca Derelict Fishing Gear – Removing a Source of Microplastics from the Marine Environment / Andrea Stolte, Jochen Lamp, Gabriele Dederer, Falk Schneider, Marta Kalinowska, Sylwia Migdal, Marek Press, Vesa Tschernij, and Andreas Frössberg Biodegradable Plastics Do not Form Chemically Persistent Microplastics / Francesco Degli Innocenti Controlled Aging and Degradation of Selected Plastics in Marine Environment: 12 Months of Follow-up / Luca Fambri, Roberto Caria, Fabrizio Atzori, Riccardo Ceccato, and Denis Lorenzi Inhalable Microplastics: A New Cause for Concern? / Frank J. Kelly, Joseph Levermore, and Stephanie Wright Microplastics and Nanoplastics Occurrence and Composition in Drinking Water from Akureyri Urban Area, Iceland / Ásta Margrét Ásmundsdóttir, Alessio Gomiero, and Kjell Birger Øysæd Association of Potential Human Pathogens with Microplastics in Freshwater Systems / Loriane Murphy, Kieran Germaine, David N. Dowling, Thomais Kakouli-Duarte, and John Cleary Sample Preparation and Analysis Methods of Microplastics / Tiziano Battistini, Masenka Mikuz, Giulia Dalla Fontana, Alessio Montarsolo, and Raffaella Mossotti INTO THE MED: Searching for Microplastics from Space to Deep-Sea / Catharina Pieper, Ana Martins, Erik Zettler, Clara Magalhães Loureiro, Victor Onink, Anu Heikkilä, Alexandre Epinoux, Ethan Edson, Vincenzo Donnarumma, Fons de Vogel, Kara Lavender Law, and Linda Amaral-Zettler Analysis of Marine Microplastics in the Water Column Sampled up to 300 M Depth / Daura Vega-Moreno, Bárbara Abaroa-Pérez, and J. Joaquín Hernández-Brito Macro and Microplastics in Stormwater and Combined Sewer Overflows in Paris Megacity / Robin Treilles, Johnny Gasperi, Mohamed Saad, Alain Rabier, Jérôme Breton, Vincent Rocher, Sabrina Guérin, and Bruno Tassin The Effect of Drinking Water Ozonation on Different Types of Submicron Plastic Particles / Gerardo Pulido-Reyes, Denise M. Mitrano, Ralf Kägi, and Urs von Gunten Microplastic in Coastal Areas - Impact of Waves, Sediments and Saltwater on the Degradation Behaviour / Maximilian P. Born and Holger Schüttrumpf The Role of Humic Acids on the Effects of Nanoplastics in Fish / I. Brandts, J. C. Balasch, A. Tvarijonaviciute, A. Barreto, M. A. Martins, L. Tort, M. Oliveira, and M. Teles Preliminary Data on the Polymer Type Identification from Estuarine Environmental Samples / Gonçalo Brás Gomes, Vanessa Morgado, and Carla Palma Qualitative and Quantitative Screening of Organic Pollutants Associated on Microplastics from Ofanto River (South Italy) / Claudia Campanale, Giuseppe Bagnuolo, Georg Dierkes, Carmine Massarelli, and Vito Felice Uricchio Assessment of Microplastic Pollution in Sarno River / Francesca De Falco, Emilia Di Pace, Gennaro Gentile, Rachele Castaldo, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Maurizio Avella, Giancarlo Chiavazzo, Mariateresa Imaparato, Francesca Montuoro, Luca Pucci, Stefania Di Vito, and Mariacristina Cocca Holistic Approach to the Marine Microplastics: Sampling, Characterization, Consequences / Agnieszka Dąbrowska Marine Microplastics at Santuario Pelagos / Agnieszka Dąbrowska Microplastics Uptake and Egestion Dynamics in Pacific Oysters, Magallana Gigas (Thunberg, 1793), Under Controlled Conditions / Philip Graham, Luca Palazzo, Stefano Carboni, Trevor Telfer, Maura Baroli, and Giuseppe Andrea de Lucia Extraction Protocol Optimization for Detection of Microplastics in Digestive System Contents of Loggerhead Turtle (Caretta Caretta) / Ludovica Di Renzo, Giuseppina Mascilongo, Federica Di Giacinto, Daniela Zezza, Gabriella Di Francesco, Vincenzo Olivieri, Miriam Berti, Antonio Petrini, and Nicola Ferri Study of Plastics Debris Collected on the North Beaches of the Garda Lake After the Severe Storm Vaia in Autumn 2018 / Luca Fambri, Giada Bombardelli, Claudia Gavazza, Alfredo Casagranda, Paola Battocchi, and Renzo Tomasi Microplastics and Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons Occurrence in a Demersal Fish (Solea solea) in the Adriatic Sea / Emanuela Frapiccini, Giulio Pellini, Alessio Gomiero, Giuseppe Scarcella, Stefano Guicciardi, Anna Annibaldi, Mattia Betti, and Mauro Marini Ecotoxicological Effects of Microplastics in Marine Zooplankton / Silvia Morgana, Chiara Gambardella, Elisa Costa, Veronica Piazza, Francesca Garaventa, and Marco Faimali Occurrence of Microplastics in the Gastrointestinal Tracts (GITs) of the Common Dolphinfish, Coryphaena Hippurus, from the Western Mediterranean Sea / Gabriella Schirinzi, Cristina Pedà, Franco Andaloro, Matteo Baini, Pietro Battaglia, Michela D’Alessandro, Martina Genovese, Marinella Farré, Cristina Panti, Maria Cristina Fossi, and Teresa Romeo Effects of Polymethacrylate Nanoplastics on Lipid Metabolism in Sparus Aurata / C. Barría, I. Brandts, J. C. Balasch, A. Tvarijonaviciute, A. Barreto, M. A. Martins, L. Tort, M. Oliveira, and M. Teles Measuring the Size and the Charge of Microplastics in Aqueous Suspensions With and With
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030526559 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is dedicated to the atmosphere of our planet, and discusses historical and contemporary achievements in meteorological science and technology for the betterment of society. The book explores many significant atmospheric phenomena and physical processes from the local to global scale, as well as from the perspective of short and long-term time scales, and links these processes to various applications in other scientific disciplines with linkages to meteorology. In addition to addressing general topics such as climate system dynamics and climate change, the book also discusses atmospheric boundary layer, atmospheric waves, atmospheric chemistry, optics/photometeors, electricity, atmospheric modeling and numeric weather prediction. Through its interdisciplinary approach, the book will be of interest to researchers, students and academics in meteorology and atmospheric science, environmental physics, climate change dynamics, air pollution and human health impacts of atmospheric aerosols. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 437 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030526559 , 978-3-030-52655-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References 2 Meteorology as a Natural Science 2.1 Definition of the Atmosphere 2.2 Methods of Research of the Atmosphere 2.2.1 Experimental Method of Research 2.3 Relationship Between Meteorology and Other Sciences 2.4 Classification of Meteorology 2.4.1 Classification Based on the Studied Area 2.4.2 Classification According to the Scale of Processes 2.5 The Modern Term of Meteorology References 3 Historical Background 3.1 Aristotle’s Meteorologica 3.2 Early Research Period 3.3 Modern Research Period References 4 Structure and Composition of the Atmosphere 4.1 Earth Spheres 4.2 Basic Characteristics of the Atmosphere 4.3 Origin of the Atmosphere 4.4 Chemical Composition of the Atmosphere 4.5 Significant Atmospheric Gases 4.5.1 General Facts About the Atmosphere 4.6 Atmospheric Structure 4.6.1 Thermal Structure of the Atmosphere 4.7 Magneto-electronic Structure References 5 Energy and Radiation 5.1 Basic Features 5.2 Radiation Laws 5.3 Electromagnetic Radiation 5.4 Solar Radiation 5.4.1 Solar Constant 5.4.2 Direct Solar Radiation 5.4.3 Diffused Solar Radiation (D) 5.4.4 Solar Radiation Factors 5.4.5 Temporal and Spatial Changes in Insolation 5.5 Optical Radiation 5.5.1 UV Index 5.5.2 UV Index Factors 5.6 Ozone Layer 5.7 Earth Longwave Radiation 5.7.1 Earth’s Annual and Global Mean Energy Budget 5.7.2 Earth’s Heat Balance 5.7.3 Earth Radiation Budget and the Planetary Temperature 5.7.4 The Simple Greenhouse Model References 6 Atmospheric Thermodynamics 6.1 Definition 6.1.1 Thermodynamic System 6.2 An Ideal Gas Law 6.2.1 The Equation of State of Dry Air 6.2.2 The Equation of State of Moist Air 6.3 First Principle of Thermodynamics 6.3.1 The First Principle of Thermodynamics for an Ideal Gas 6.3.2 Enthalpy 6.3.3 Poisson Equations 6.3.4 Potential Temperature 6.3.5 Implementation of the First Principle of Thermodynamics 6.4 The Second Principle of Thermodynamics 6.4.1 Definition of Entropy 6.4.2 Summary on Reversible and Irreversible Processes References 7 Air Temperature 7.1 Air Temperature Definition 7.2 Heat and Temperature 7.2.1 Heat Transfer 7.3 Temperature Factors 7.3.1 Heat Advection 7.4 Temperature Changes 7.4.1 Daily Insolation and Pure Radiation 7.4.2 Daily Air Temperature Distribution 7.4.3 Vertical Temperature Change 7.4.4 Adiabatic Changes of Temperature 7.4.5 Temperature Inversion 7.4.6 Global Distributions of Temperature 7.4.7 Surface Temperatures 7.4.8 Urban Heat Island 7.5 Temperature Scales 7.6 Isotherms 7.7 Latitudinal Heat Balance References 8 Atmospheric Pressure and Wind 8.1 Mass of the Atmosphere 8.2 Definition of Atmospheric Pressure 8.3 Geopotential 8.4 Barometric Pressure Distribution 8.4.1 Pressure Gradient 8.4.2 Isobars 8.4.3 Isohypses 8.4.4 Hydrostatic Balance 8.5 Pressure Systems 8.6 Daily Pressure Distribution 8.7 Reduction of the Surface Pressure to Mean Sea Level Pressure (MSL) 8.8 Hydrostatic Equilibrium (Approximation) 8.9 Standard Atmosphere 8.10 Barotropic vs Baroclinic Atmosphere 8.11 Reduction on Atmospheric Pressure to Mean Sea Level Pressure 8.12 Stream Field 8.13 Definition of Wind 8.14 Classification of the Winds 8.14.1 Permanent Wind 8.14.2 Trade Winds 8.14.3 Anti-trade Winds 8.14.4 Periodic Winds 8.14.5 Local Winds 8.14.6 Land and Sea Breezes 8.14.7 Mountain and Valley Winds 8.14.8 Katabatic Winds References 9 Atmospheric Stability 9.1 Air Stability 9.2 Static Atmospheric Stability 9.3 Stability Due to Air Movement 9.4 Convective Instability 9.5 Low-Level Inversions References 10 Atmospheric Moisture 10.1 Water Vapour in the Atmosphere 10.2 Air Moisture Quantities 10.3 The Relative Humidity 10.4 The Moisture Deficit 10.5 A Dew Point Temperature 10.6 The Phase Changes 10.7 Condensation and Evaporation References 11 Clouds and Precipitation 11.1 Formation of Clouds 11.1.1 Air Saturation Mechanism 11.1.2 Adiabatic Cooling 11.1.3 Water Vapour Supply by Air Mixing 11.1.4 Mixing and Diffusion 11.1.5 Diabatic Cooling 11.1.6 Formation of Cloud Elements 11.1.7 Precipitation 11.1.8 The Mechanism of Ice Nucleation 11.1.9 Classification of the Microprocesses 11.2 Cloud Definition and Classification 11.2.1 Cloud Classification 11.2.2 Cloud Classification by Form 11.2.3 Cloud Classification Based on Height 11.2.4 International Cloud Classification 11.2.5 Cloud Classification by Composition 11.2.6 Classification by Mechanism of Formation 11.2.7 Special Clouds 11.3 Fog 11.3.1 Fog Types and Formation 11.4 Hydrometeors 11.4.1 Precipitation 11.4.2 Orographic Rainfall 11.4.3 Convective Rainfall 11.4.4 Frontal Rainfall References 12 Atmospheric Motion 12.1 Real Forces 12.1.1 Pressure Gradient Force 12.1.2 Gravity 12.1.3 Friction 12.2 The Forces That Are the Effects of Earth’s Rotation 12.2.1 Centrifugal Force 12.2.2 Coriolis Force (C) 12.3 Some Common Resultant Forces 12.3.1 Earth’s Gravity Force 12.3.2 Buoyancy Force 12.4 Atmospheric Motion 12.4.1 The Equation of Motion in a System Rotating Together with the Earth 12.5 Application of the Equations of Horizontal Motion 12.5.1 Geostrophic Wind (V g) 12.5.2 Thermal Wind (V T ) 12.5.3 Gradient Wind 12.5.4 Quasi-geostrophic Equations of Motion 12.6 Vertical Motions in the Atmosphere 12.7 Vorticity Equation 12.8 Basic Characteristics of Vorticity 12.8.1 Positive Vorticity Advection PVA and Upward Air Motion References 13 Atmospheric Waves 13.1 Waves: General Features 13.2 Wave Equation 13.2.1 Mathematical Description of 1-D Waves 13.3 Atmospheric Waves 13.3.1 History Studying Atmospheric Waves 13.3.2 Atmospheric Waves: Definition 13.3.3 Factors that Form a Wave 13.3.4 Basic Wave Properties and Classification 13.4 The Mathematical Concept of Atmospheric Waves 13.4.1 Atmospheric Sound Waves 13.4.2 Gravity Waves 13.4.3 Inertial-Gravity Waves 13.4.4 Rossby Waves References 14 Atmospheric Boundary Layer (ABL) 14.1 ABL Historical Overview 14.2 ABL Definition and Basic Characteristics 14.2.1 ABL Significance 14.3 ABL Structure 14.3.1 Surface Layer 14.3.2 Mixing Layer 14.3.3 Residual Layer 14.3.4 Stable Boundary Layer 14.3.5 Free Atmosphere 14.4 Factors Influence on ABL Structure 14.4.1 The Neutral PBL 14.4.2 The Ekman Wind Spiral 14.4.3 Unstable Stratified Atmospheric Boundary Layer References 15 General Circulation of the Atmosphere 15.1 General Atmospheric Circulation Definition 15.2 Conceptual Model of the General Atmospheric Circulation 15.3 Three-Cell Model of Circulation 15.3.1 Circulation in Hadley Cell 15.3.2 Intertropical Convergence Zone 15.3.3 Zonal Pressure Patterns 15.3.4 Upper Tropospheric Wind and Pressure Patterns 15.4 The Wind Patterns 15.4.1 Eastern and Western Winds 15.5 Global Distribution of Pressure, Rainfall, and Climate 15.6 Ocean Circulation 15.6.1 Major Ocean Currents 15.7 Ocean Waves 15.8 Large-Scale Circulation Modes 15.8.1 North Atlantic (NAO) and Artic Oscillation (AO) 15.8.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 15.8.3 La Nina 15.9 Winds at the Regional Scale: Monsoon 15.10 Jet Streams 15.10.1 A Waiver Jet Stream 15.11 Rossby Planetary Waves References 16 Air Masses and Fronts 16.1 Definition of Air Masses 16.1.1 Air Mass Source Region 16.1.2 Formation Criteria 16.2 Air Mass Classification 16.2.1 Polar Continental and Artic Continental Air Masses (cP and cA) 16.2.2 Maritime Polar Air Masses (mP) 16.2.3 Tropical Maritime Air Masses (mT) 16.3 Air Mass Modification 16.4 Fronts (Frontal Boundaries) 16.4.1 Types of Weather Fronts 16.4.2 Occluded Fronts References 17 Cyclones and Anticyclones 17.1 General Terms 17.2 Low-Pressure Systems: Cyclones 17.2.1 Formation of Extratropical Cyclone 17.2.2 Life Cycle of the Extratropical Cyclone 17.2.3 Cyclone Movement 17.2.4 Upper Level Low 17.3 High-Pressure System: Anticyclone 17.4 Weather Conditions Associate with Cyclones and Anticyclones References 18 Tropical Storms 18.1 General Overview 18.2 Tropical Cyclone Formation 18.2.1 General Factors 18.2.2 The Basic Ingredients 18.3 Areas of Formation 18.4 Classification of Tropical Cyclones 18.5 Tropical Storm Structure 18.5.1 Cyclonic Eye 18.5.2 Eyewall
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783031141942 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book explores the PhD experience as never before and provides a “survival guide” for current and prospective PhD students. The book investigates why mental health issues are so common among the postgraduate population, going beyond the statistics, looking at lived experience of both the author and as well as current PhD students, who have found balancing mental wellness with the PhD endeavour challenging. The author discusses tips and tricks she wished she had known at the start of her PhD process for managing mental health, such as managing imposter feelings, prioritising workload, and self-care strategies to help others throughout their own journey. The book goes beyond typical mental health discussions (where the focus for improving mental health is placed on PhD students to become “more resilient”) and explores some of the often unspoken environmental factors that can impact mental health. These include the PhD student-supervisor relationship, the pressure to publish, and deep systemic problems in academia, such as racism, bullying and harassment. Finally, the book is a call to action, providing tangible improvements from the author’s perspective that university institutions can make to ensure that academia is a place for all to thrive.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIX, 199 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9783031141942 , 978-3-031-14194-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Defining the Problem 1 Introduction 1.1 A Comment on the Guide 1.2 If You Are Studying for a PhD 1.3 If You Are a PhD Supervisor or PhD Course Coordinator 1.4 If You Are a Concerned Friend or Family Member References 2 Challenging Perceptions: What Is Mental Health Anyway? 2.1 The Mental Health Continuum 2.2 Barriers to Seeking Help 2.3 Recognising the Signs 2.4 Helping Others 2.5 What Mental Health Isn’t 2.6 To Declare or Not to Declare?: That Is the Question References 3 Setting the Scene: Understanding the PhD Mental Health Crisis 3.1 Exploring the Data 3.2 What Is the Cause? 3.3 Research Culture 3.4 The Ups and Downs of the PhD Journey 3.5 There Is Hope References Part II Mindset Matters 4 Self-Care: Without You There Is No PhD 4.1 Setting the Foundations 4.2 Establishing a Good Sleep Schedule 4.3 Eat Nutritious Food 4.4 Physical Exercise 4.5 Managing Finances 4.6 Examples of Self-Care 4.7 Putting Self-Care in Context of a PhD 4.8 Acknowledging There May Be a Problem: Addiction 4.9 Setting Boundaries 4.10 What to Do If You Reach Burnout 4.11 Navigating Self-Care as a Part-Time PhD Student References 5 Not Another Yoga Session: University Wellbeing Programs and Why They so Often Miss the Mark 5.1 Reactive Not Proactive 5.2 Trying Something New 5.3 Building Resilience 5.4 The Darker Side of Resilience References 6 “I’ll Read It Later” and Other Lies We Tell Ourselves: Managing Expectations and Guilt 6.1 Starting Out 6.2 Changing the World 6.3 Planning Your PhD 6.4 You Are Entitled to (and Deserve) Breaks 6.5 Becoming an Expert 6.6 First Time Failing 6.7 Be Grateful (or Else) 6.8 Productivity and Time Management 6.9 Prioritising References 7 Why You Earned It: Fighting the Impostor 7.1 Understanding the Value You Bring 7.2 Receiving Recognition 7.3 Receiving Critique 7.4 Comparing Yourself With Others 7.5 Asking for Help 7.6 Redefining Your Self-Worth 7.7 Perfectionism 7.8 Email ‘Anxiety’ 7.9 Presentation Nerves 7.10 Fighting Back 7.11 Discriminatory Gaslighting References Part III Environmental Stressors 8 Dismantling the Ivory Tower: Systemic Issues That Might Impact Your Mental Health 8.1 The Ivory Tower 8.2 Systemic Racism 8.3 Gender Discrimination 8.4 Sexual Harassment 8.5 Bullying 8.6 LGBT+ Discrimination 8.7 Being “First Generation” 8.8 Classism 8.9 Financial Concerns 8.10 Ableism, Disability and Neurodivergence 8.11 Ageism 8.12 Isolation and Culture Shock 8.13 A Comment on Intersectionality 8.14 Changing the Research Culture 8.15 In the Meantime, What Can You Do? 8.16 Finding Light in a Dark Place References 9 Perhaps It’s Not You It’s Them: PhD Student-Supervisor Relationships 9.1 Choosing Your Supervisor 9.2 The Role of a PhD Supervisor 9.3 Understanding What Makes a Supportive Supervisor 9.4 At Odds 9.5 The Flaw in the System 9.6 Identifying Your Supervisor’s Working Style 9.7 Pervasive, Damaging Biases 9.8 When Things Go Seriously Wrong (and It Is Definitely not Your Fault) 9.9 What You Can Do If Your Supervisor Is Abusive 9.10 Effective Communication 9.11 What to Do if You Have a Disagreement References 10 Publish or Perish: On the Myth of Meritocracy 10.1 It Is Not an Equal Playing Field 10.2 The Publication Process 10.3 Managing Reviewer 2 10.4 Publishing Options 10.5 Who Is Perishing, Anyway? 10.6 Perfectionism 10.7 Writing Your Thesis 10.8 Research Misconduct 10.9 What to Do if You Realise Research Misconduct Is Happening References 11 The High-Walled Rose Garden: Understanding There Is Life Outside the Academy 11.1 So What Does This Mean for You and Surviving Your PhD? 11.2 Finding Out What You Truly Enjoy 11.3 Reframing Your Skillsets 11.4 Transitioning from Your PhD 11.5 Debunking the Myths 11.6 Should I Stay or Should I Go? References Part IV Seeking Help 12 Thriving, Not Just Surviving 12.1 Identifying the Problem Set 12.2 Sharing the Hypothesis with Others 12.3 Conversation Starters 12.4 Finding a Support Network 12.5 Online Communities 12.6 Speaking About Your Mental Health with Your PhD Superviso 12.7 Lack of Understanding 12.8 Seeking External Assistance to Achieve Your Goal 12.9 If You Are at Crisis Point 12.10 The Elephant in the Room 12.11 Leading the Change 12.12 Not Just Surviving References Resources
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Call number: 9783030713300 (e-book)
    In: Ecological studies, Volume 241
    Description / Table of Contents: Human-driven greenhouse emissions are increasing the velocity of climate change and the frequency and intensity of climate extremes far above historical levels. These changes, along with other human-perturbations, are setting the conditions for more rapid and abrupt ecosystem dynamics and collapse. This book presents new evidence on the rapid emergence of ecosystem collapse in response to the progression of anthropogenic climate change dynamics that are expected to intensify as the climate continues to warm. Discussing implications for biodiversity conservation, the chapters provide examples of such dynamics globally covering polar and boreal ecosystems, temperate and semi-arid ecosystems, as well as tropical and temperate coastal ecosystems. Given its scope, the volume appeals to scientists in the fields of general ecology, terrestrial and coastal ecology, climate change impacts, and biodiversity conservation.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 366 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: corrected publication 2021
    ISBN: 9783030713300 , 978-3-030-71330-0
    ISSN: 0070-8356 , 2196-971X
    Series Statement: Ecological studies 241
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Ecosystem Collapse and Climate Change: An Introduction / Josep G. Canadell and Robert B. Jackson Part I Polar and Boreal Ecosystems 2 Ecosystem Collapse on a Sub-Antarctic Island / Dana M. Bergstrom, Catherine R. Dickson, David J. Baker, Jennie Whinam, Patricia M. Selkirk, and Melodie A. McGeoch 3 Permafrost Thaw in Northern Peatlands: Rapid Changes in Ecosystem and Landscape Functions / David Olefeldt, Liam Heffernan, Miriam C. Jones, A. Britta K. Sannel, Claire C. Treat, and Merritt R. Turetsky 4 Post-fire Recruitment Failure as a Driver of Forest to Non-forest Ecosystem Shifts in Boreal Regions / Arden Burrell, Elena Kukavskaya, Robert Baxter, Qiaoqi Sun, and Kirsten Barrett 5 A Paleo-perspective on Ecosystem Collapse in Boreal North America / Serge Payette Part II Temperate and Semi-arid Ecosystems 6 The 2016 Tasmanian Wilderness Fires: Fire Regime Shifts and Climate Change in a Gondwanan Biogeographic Refugium / David M. J. S. Bowman, Dario Rodriguez-Cubillo, and Lynda D. Prior 7 Climate-Induced Global Forest Shifts due to Heatwave-Drought / Francisco Lloret and Enric Batllori 8 Extreme Events Trigger Terrestrial and Marine Ecosystem Collapses in the Southwestern USA and Southwestern Australia / Katinka X. Ruthrof, Joseph B. Fontaine, David D. Breshears, Jason P. Field, and Craig D. Allen Part III Tropical and Temperate Coastal Ecosystems 9 Processes and Factors Driving Change in Mangrove Forests: An Evaluation Based on the Mass Dieback Event in Australia’s Gulf of Carpentaria / Norman C. Duke, Lindsay B. Hutley, Jock R. Mackenzie, and Damien Burrows 10 Recurrent Mass-Bleaching and the Potential for Ecosystem Collapse on Australia’s Great Barrier Reef / Morgan S. Pratchett, Scott F. Heron, Camille Mellin, and Graeme S. Cumming 11 Sliding Toward the Collapse of Mediterranean Coastal Marine Rocky Ecosystems / Joaquim Garrabou, Jean-Baptiste Ledoux, Nathaniel Bensoussan, Daniel Gómez-Gras, and Cristina Linares 12 Marine Heatwave Drives Collapse of Kelp Forests in Western Australia / Thomas Wernberg 13 Impact of Marine Heatwaves on Seagrass Ecosystems / Oscar Serrano, Ariane Arias-Ortiz, Carlos M. Duarte, Gary A. Kendrick, and Paul S. Lavery Correction to: Ecosystem Collapse on a Sub-Antarctic Island / Dana M. Bergstrom, Catherine R. Dickson, David J. Baker, Jennie Whinam, Patricia M. Selkirk, and Melodie A. McGeoch Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: 9783030701550 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides an original review of Ocean Literacy as a component of public policy in Europe and beyond. The impact of the ocean on human activities is one of the most significant environmental issues facing humanity. By offering valuable insights into the interrelationships between geography, environment, marine science and education, the book explores key issues relating to the future of our planet and the way people respond to them. This volume discusses concepts concerning citizenship education and co-creation and the role of public policy and different international initiatives in raising awareness and mitigating the effects of over-use and misuse of valuable resources. A range of innovative projects are presented and evaluated from the local to national and global levels.This book advances knowledge and provides a picture of these advances, presents the issues and challenges, including the important role that geography education and geographical awareness could play in advancing the case for Ocean Literacy. This crossdisciplinary book appeals to students and scientists as well as professionals and practitioners in geography, environmental and marine sciences, international policy and many related fields.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 294 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-3-030-70155-0 , 9783030701550 , 2522-8420 , 2522-8439
    Series Statement: Key challenges in geography
    Language: English
    Note: Contents General on Ocean Literacy Ocean Literacy: Background, Future Drivers, and Opportunities / Jan H. Stel Ocean Literacy: From a Ripple to a Wave / Diana L. Payne and Meghan E. Marrero A Framework for the Assessment of the Effectiveness of Ocean Literacy Initiatives / Owen Molloy, Matthew Ashley, and Conor McCrossan Exploring and Exploiting Deep Ocean Space / Jan H. Stel Ocean Literacy—In the Context of Naming of Seas: Case Study: The Sea Between Korea and Japan / Rainer Dormels Education Design-Based Implementation Research for Exploring the Ocean: A Geographical Perspective / Alfonso García de la Vega Innovative Education Strategies to Advance Ocean Literacy / Veronica McCauley, Kevin Davison, Patricia McHugh, Christine Domegan, and Anthony Grehan Sail Training Has Set Sail on a Course Towards Ocean Literacy / Laura Ellen Lyth Applications The Importance of Ocean Literacy in the Mediterranean Region—Steps Towards Blue Sustainability / Melita Mokos, Maria Cheimonopoulou, Panayota Koulouri, Monica Previati, Giulia Realdon, Francesca Santoro, Athanasios Mogias, Theodora Boubonari, Alessio Satta, and Christos Ioakeimidis Fostering Ocean-Literate Generations: The Portuguese Blue School / Raquel L. Costa, Bernardo Mata, Fernanda Silva, Patrícia Conceição, and Laura Guimarães Two Ocean Aquarium Academy: An Introduction to Ocean Literacy Programmes and a Marine Sciences Curriculum / Russell A. Stevens Index
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: 9783030603199 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a part of ICL new book series “ICL Contribution to Landslide Disaster Risk Reduction” founded in 2019. Peer-reviewed papers submitted to the Fifth World Landslide Forum were published in six volumes of this book series. This book contains the followings: Part I with topics is mainly about landslides and earthquakes; landslide dams and outburst floods; catastrophic large-scale landslides in mountainous regions. Part II with topics is mainly about impact of climate change; loess landslides; mapping, monitoring and modeling of landslides; stabilization and mitigation; application of new technology in landslide studies. Prof. Vít Vilímek is a member of the evaluation committee of the International Consortium on Landslides (ICL), Editor-in-Chief of the university journal AUC Geographica and Associate Editor-in-Chief of the international journal Geoenvironmental Disasters. He is a Professor of Physical Geography at Charles University, Prague, Czech Republic. Prof. Fawu Wang is the President of the International Consortium on Geo-disaster Reduction (ICGdR) and the Editor-in-Chief of the international journal Geoenvironmental Disasters. He is a Professor at the School of Civil Engineering, Tongji University, China. Dr. Alexander Strom is a chief expert at the Geodynamics Research Center LLC, Moscow, Russia. He is also an Adjunct Professor at Chang’an University, Xi’an, China, Visiting Professor at SKLGP, Chengdu, China, and an alternative representative of the JSC “Hydroproject Institute” in ICL. Prof. Kyoji Sassa is the Founding President and the Secretary-General of the International Consortium on Landslides (ICL). He has been the Editor-in-Chief of International Journal Landslides since its foundation in 2004. Prof. Peter Bobrowsky is the President of the International Consortium on Landslides. He is a Senior Scientist of Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa, Canada. Prof. Kaoru Takara is the Executive Director of the International Consortium on Landslides. He is a Professor and Dean of Graduate School of Advanced Integrated Studies (GSAIS) in Human Survivability (Shishu-Kan), Kyoto University.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvi, 427 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030603199 , 978-3-030-60319-9
    ISSN: 2662-1894 , 2662-1908
    Series Statement: ICL contribution to landslide disaster risk reduction
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Catastrophic Landslides with Different Triggers Rock Avalanches: Basic Characteristics and Classification Criteria / Alexander Strom Study on the Phenomena of Liquefaction Induced Massive Landslides in 28 September 2018 Palu-Donggala Earthquake / Paulus P. Rahardjo The Krasnogorsk Landslide (Northern Caucasus): Its Evolution and Modern Activity / Igor K. Fomenko, Oleg V. Zerkal, Alexander Strom, Daria Shubina, and Ludmila Musaeva Earthquake-Triggered Landslides and Slope-Seismic Waves Interaction Inferring Induced Displacements / Salvatore Martino, Celine Bourdeau, Josè Delgado, and Luca Lenti Slope Deformation caused Jure Landslide 2014 Along Sun Koshi in Lesser Nepal Himalaya and Effect of Gorkha Earthquake 2015 / H. Yagi, G. Sato, H. P. Sato, D. Higaki, V. Dangol, and S. C. Amatya Inventory of Landslides Triggered by the Hejing Ms6.6 Earthquake, China, on 30 June 2012 / Chong Xu and Kai Li Pressure Head Dynamics on a Natural Slope in Eastern Iburi Struck by the 2018 Hokkaido Earthquake / Toshiya Aoki, Shin’ya Katsura, Takahiko Yoshino, Takashi Koi, Yasutaka Tanaka, and Takashi Yamada Investigation of 20 August 2019 Catastrophic Debris Flows Triggered by Extreme Rainstorms Near Epicentre of Wenchuan Earthquake / Dalei Peng, Limin Zhang, Hofai Wong, Ruilin Fan, and Shuai Zhang Spatial Distribution of Lakes in the Central Andes (31°–36°), Argentina: Implications for Outburst Flood Hazard / Mariana Correas-Gonzalez, Stella Maris Moreiras, and Jan Klimeš Rockfall/Rockslide Hazard, Lake Expansion and Dead-Ice Melting Assessment: Lake Imja, Nepal / Tomas Kroczek and Vit Vilimek Formation of the 2018 Bureya Landslide, Far East of Russia / Oleg V. Zerkal, Aleksey N. Makhinov, Alexander Strom, Vladimir I. Kim, Michael E. Kharitonov, and Igor K. Fomenko Landslide Dam Hazards: Assessing Their Formation, Failure Modes, Longevity and Downstream Impacts / Regine Morgenstern, Chris Massey, Brenda Rosser, and Garth Archibald The Sedimentology and Internal Structure of Landslide Dams—Implications for Internal Erosion and Piping Failure: A Review / Chukwueloka A. U. Okeke An Interdisciplinary Assessment of a Coal-Mining-Induced Catastrophic Landslide (Czech Republic) / Jan Burda and Vít Vilímek Could Glacial Retreat-Related Landslides Trigger Volcanic Eruptions? Insights from Mount Meager, British Columbia / Gioachino Roberti, Brent Ward, Benjamin van Wyk de Vries, Nicolas Le Corvec, Swetha Venugopal, Glyn Williams-Jones, John J. Clague, Pierre Friele, Giacomo Falorni, Geidy Baldeon, Luigi Perotti, Marco Giardino, and Brian Menounos Rock Avalanches in the Upper Reaches of the Mzymta River, Russia / Andrey A. Ponomarev, Kai Kang, and Oleg V. Zerkal Structural and Dynamic Numerical Models of Rockslides in the Carpathians and the Alps / Emilie Lemaire, Anne-Sophie Mreyen, and Hans-Balder Havenith Quantitative Investigation of a Mass Rock Creep Deforming Slope Through A-Din SAR and Geomorphometry / Michele Delchiaro, Emanuele Mele, Marta Della Seta, Salvatore Martino, Paolo Mazzanti, and Carlo Esposito Deformational Features of Deep-Seated Gravitational Slope Deformation of Slate Slopes in the Central Range, Taiwan / Ching-Ying Tsou, Masahiro Chigira, Yu-Chung Hsieh, Mien-Ming Chen, and Tai-Chieh He Bathymetric Analyses of Submarine Landslides on the Jan Mayen Ridge, Norwegian–Greenland Sea / Kiichiro Kawamura and Jan Sverre Laberg Forkastningsfjellet Rock Slide, Spitsbergen: State of Activity in a Changing Climate / Dirk Kuhn, Reginald L. Hermanns, Jewgenij Torizin, Michael Fuchs, Tim Redfield, Raymond Eilertsen, and Dirk Balzer Catastrophic Landslides in Indian Sector of Himalaya / Vinod K. Sharma Part II Frontiers of Landslide Science Enhancing Preparedness Against Impact of Climate Change on Slope Safety in Hong Kong / K. K. S. Ho, H. W. Sun, E. J. Lam, and F. L. C. Lo Climate Change and Surface Deformation Characteristics in Degradation Area of Permafrost in Lesser Khingan Mountain, China / Wei Shan, Chengcheng Zhang, Ying Guo, Monan Shan, Xujing Zeng, and Chunjiao Wang Climate Change Impact Evaluation on the Water Balance of the Koroška Bela Area, NW Slovenia / Nejc Bezak, Tina Peternel, Anže Medved, and Matjaž Mikoš Global Warming as a Predisposing Factor for Landslides in Glacial and Periglacial Areas: An Example from Western Alps (Aosta Valley, Italy) / Jessica Maria Chicco, Marco Frasca, Giuseppe Mandrone, Damiano Vacha, and Laurie Jayne Kurilla Characteristics and Causes of the Debris Flow in Shelong Gully, China / Qiang Zou, Peng Cui, Hu Jiang, Yanguo Liu, Cong Li, Sheng Hu, and Bin Zhou MPM Modelling of Buildings Impacted by Landslides / Sabatino Cuomo, Angela Di Perna, and Mario Martinelli Accelerating Landslide Hazard at Kandersteg, Swiss Alps; Combining 28 Years of Satellite InSAR and Single Campaign Terrestrial Radar Data / Rafael Caduff, Tazio Strozzi, Nils Hählen, and Jörg Häberle Identification Old Landslides in Permafrost Degradation Area in Northeast China by Difference Distribution of Surface Trees / Ying Guo, Wei Shan, Zhichao Xu, Chunjiao Wang, and Shuanglin Wang Forensic Geotechnical Investigation of the Skjeggestad Quick Clay Landslide, Norway / Thi Minh Hue Le, Vidar Gjelsvik, Suzanne Lacasse, Stein-Are Strand, Eirik Traae, and Vikas Thakur Accuracy Assessment of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) Structure from Motion Photogrammetry Compared with Total Station for a Deformed Slope / Vera Hui Loo and Chou Khong Wong ARAS: A Web-Based Landslide Susceptibility and Hazard Mapping System / Murat Ercanoglu, Mehmet Balcılar, Fatih Aydın, Sedat Aydemir, Güler Deveci, and Bilgekağan Çintimur A Landform Evolution Model for the Mannen Area in Romsdal Valley, Norway / Paula Hilger, Reginald L. Hermanns, and Bernd Etzelmüller Multimethodological Study of Non-linear Strain Effects Induced by Thermal Stresses on Jointed Rock Masses / Guglielmo Grechi and Salvatore Martino Extreme Rainfall Induced Landslide Susceptibility Assessment Using Autoencoder Combined with Random Forest / Kounghoon Nam and Fawu Wang Economizing Soil Nailing Design by Drainage Improvement—Case History at Ginigathhena / S. O. A. D. Mihira Lakruwan and S. A. S. Kulathilaka Performances of Geosynthetics-Reinforced Barriers for Protection Against Debris Avalanches / Sabatino Cuomo, Sabrina Moretti, Lorenzo Frigo, and Stefano Aversa Large and Small Scale Multi-Sensors Remote Sensing for Landslide Characterisation and Monitoring / Carlo Tacconi Stefanelli, Teresa Gracchi, Guglielmo Rossi, and Sandro Moretti Novel Cosmogenic Datings in Landslide Deposits, San Juan, Argentina / Pilar Jeanneret, Stella Maris Moreiras, Silke Merchel, Andreas Gärtner, Steven Binnie, Maria Julia Orgeira, G. Aumaître, D. Bourlès, and K. Keddadouche Modeling Landslide Volumes: A Case Study in Whatcom County, Washington, USA / Gabriel Legorreta Paulin, Trevor A. Contreras, Katherine A. Mickelson, Kara E. Jacobacci, and William Gallin CRE Dating of Torrential Alluvial Deposits as an Approximation to Holocene Climate-Change Signatures in the Northwestern Andes of Colombia / Santiago Noriega-Londoño, Maria Isabel Marín-Cerón, Julien Carcaillet, Matthias Bernet, and Isandra Angel Features of Construction in Areas with Deep Block-Type Landslides / Andrey Kazeev and German Postoev Rock Glaciers and Landslides in the Waste Dump of High-Altitude Kumtor Goldmine (Kyrgyzstan) / Isakbek Torgoev and Salamat Toguzbaev Geosynthetic Reinforced Soil Structures for Slope Stabilization and Landslide Rehabilitation in Asia / Pietro Rimoldi, Matteo Lelli, Pietro Pezzano, and Fabrizia Trovato Cutting-Edge Technologies Aiming for Better Outcomes of Landslide Disaster Mitigation / Kazuo Konagai International Consortium on Landslides
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: 9789811648151 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides an introduction to the critical role of ecosystem-based disaster risk resilience (Eco-DRR) for building community resilience to multiple environmental risks such as rising heat, water stress, and pollution. Blue-green infrastructure (BGI) is an Eco-DRR tool that is an under-explored paradigm and can respond as one common strategy to targets set by the Sustainable Development Goals (UNDP), Climate Agreements (UNEP), the Sendai Framework (UNISDR), and the New Urban Agenda (UNCHS). Highlighted here in a systematic way is the importance of blue-green infrastructures in resilience building. The purpose is to introduce readers to the challenging context of development and opportunity creation for Eco-DRR. The roles of policy, scientific research, and implementation are presented cohesively. An attractive proposition of the book is a collection of case studies from different parts of the world where integration of BGI is experimented with at various levels of success. It envisages that shared tacit experiences from the realm of practice will further strengthen explicit knowledge. The focus in this book is on need and context building, policy and science (investigation, analysis, and design), case studies, and a road map for the future in four successive parts. Each part is self-sufficient yet linked to its predecessor, successor, or both, as the case may be.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 512 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9789811648151 , 978-981-16-4815-1
    ISSN: 2524-5961 , 2524-597X
    Series Statement: Disaster and Risk Research: GADRI Book Series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Uncertainties in Urbanizing World and Nature-Based Resilience Building / Mahua Mukherjee and Rajib Shaw Part I Policy Analysis, Policy Framing and Recognition of Nature-Based Solution 2 Ecosystem-Based Adaptation (EbA) in the Hindu Kush Himalaya: Status, Progress and Challenges / Sunita Chaudhary, Basant Raj Adhikari, Pashupati Chaudhary, Tashi Dorji, and Renuka Poudel 3 Evaluation of Ecosystem-Based Approaches for Disaster and Climate Risk Resilience and Policy Perspectives in Pakistan / Muhammad Barkat Ali Khan, Atta-ur Rahman, and Rajib Shaw 4 Ecosystem-Based Approaches and Policy Perspectives in Nepal / Shobha Poudel, Bhogendra Mishra, and Rajib Shaw 5 Ecosystem-Based Approaches and Policy Perspective from India / Shweta Bhardwaj and Anil Kumar Gupta 6 Ecosystem-Based Approaches and Policy Perspectives: Towards an Integrated Blue–Green Solutions in Vietnam / Thi My Thi Tong and Ngoc Huy Nguyen 7 Turning Blue, Green and Gray: Opportunities for Blue-Green Infrastructure in the Philippines / Noralene Uy and Chris Tapnio 8 Making Resilience a Reality: The Contribution of Peri-urban Ecosystem Services (BGI) to Urban Resilience / Celeste Norman, Akhilesh Surjan, and Miranda Booth 9 Innovations to Reduce Disaster Risks of Water Challenges / Piyalee Biswas, Neelima Alam, and Sanjay Bajpai Part II Science Investigation, Technology and Planning Intervention 10 Future Heat Risk in South Asia and the Need for Ecosystem Mitigation / Peter J. Marcotullio and Michael T. Schmeltz 11 Urban Risk Assessment Tools and Techniques for Ecosystem-Based Solutions / Aditya Rahul, Siva Ram Edupuganti, Vickyson Naorem, Mahua Mukherjee, and Talbot Brooks 12 Scaling-up Nature-Based Solutions for Mainstreaming Resilience in Indian Cities / Shalini Dhyani, Rudrodip Majumdar, and Harini Santhanam 13 Incorporation of BIM Based Modeling in Sustainable Development of Green Building from Stakeholders Perspective / Raju Sarkar, Karan Narang, Abhinav Daalia, Vidushi Gautam, Ujjawal Nathani, and Rajib Shaw 14 Road to Ecosystem-Based Disaster Risk Reduction: Comprehensive Approach for Smart Urban Areas Management / Norio Maki Part III Case Studies 15 Path Towards Sustainable Water Management: A Case Study of Shimla, India / Kamakshi Thapa, Chetna Singh, Sameer Deshkar, and Rajib Shaw 16 Application of Remote Sensing Image in ECO-DRR for Dehradun City / Atul Kumar, Jeevan Madapala, Mahua Mukherjee, Shirish Ravana, and Sandeep Sharma 17 Ecosystem-Based Approaches for Water Stress Management—Lessons from Nagpur Metropolitan Area, India / Vibhas Sukhwani, Kamakshi Thapa, Rajib Shaw, Sameer Deshkar, Bijon Kumer Mitra, and Wanglin Yan 18 Challenges in Decision-Making for Building Resilience to Climate Risks / Anamitra Anurag Danda, Nilanjan Ghosh, Jayanta Bandyopadhyay, and Sugata Hazra 19 A “Greener” Alternative: The Sri Lankan Experience of Eco-DRR / Deepthi Wickramasinghe 20 The Watarase Retarding Basin—A Historical Example of Ecosystem-Based Disaster Risk Reduction in Japan / Tomohiro Ichinose, Jun Ishii, and Ikuko Imoto 21 Self-efficacy for EbA and Human Health in a Post-disaster Recovery Phase / Ai Tashiro 22 Freshwater Biomonitoring: An Ecosystem-Based Approach (EbA) for Building Climate Resilience Communities in Fiji / Bindiya Rashni 23 Forward-Looking Lens to Mainstream Blue-Green Infrastructure / Mahua Mukherjee and Rajib Shaw
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Call number: 9783030642020 (e-book)
    In: Water science and technology library, Volume 98
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides insights and a capacity to understand the climate change phenomenon, its impact on water resources, and possible remedial measures. The impact of climate change on water resources is a global issue and cause for concern. Water resources in many countries are extremely stressed, and climate change along with burgeoning populations, the rise in living standards, and increasing demand on resources are factors which serve to exacerbate this stress. The chapters provide information on tools that will be useful to mitigate the adverse consequences of natural disasters. Fundamental to addressing these issues is hydrological modelling which is discussed in this book and ways to combat climate change as an important aspect of water resource management.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 551 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030642020 , 978-3-030-64202-0
    ISSN: 0921-092X , 1872-4663
    Series Statement: Water science and technology library Volume 98
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Trend Analyses of Seasonal Mean Temperature Series Pertaining to the Tapi River Basin Using Monthly Data / Ganesh D. Kale 2 Dry Spell and Wet Spell Characterisation of Nandani River Basin, Western Maharashtra, India / Abhijit Mohanrao Zende and Prashant Basavaraj Bhagawati 3 Assessment of Climate Change on Crop Water Requirement in Tandula Command of Chhattisgarh (India) / Rahul Kumar Jaiswal, H. L. Tiwari, and Anil Kumar Lohani 4 Impact of Climate Change on Hydrological Regime of Narmada River Basin / Deepak Kumar Tiwari, H. L. Tiwari, Raman Nateriya, and Satanand Mishra 5 Climate Change Impacts on Water Resources in Ethiopia / Abiot Ketema and G. S. Dwarakish 6 Spatio-Temporal Trend Analysis of Long-Term IMD-Gridded Precipitation in Godavari River Basin, India / C. H. Praveenkumar and V. Jothiprakash 7 Forecasting Reference Evapotranspiration Using Artificial Neural Network for Nagpur Region / Nikhil Band, Aniruddha Ghare, and Avinash Vasudeo 8 Time-Varying Downscaling Model (TVDM) and its Benefit to Capture Extreme Rainfall / Subbarao Pichuka and Rajib Maity 9 An Assessment of Impact of Land Use–Land Cover and Climate Change on Quality of River Using Water Quality Index / Manisha Jamgade and Shrikant Charhate 10 Assessment of Tail Behavior of Probability Distributions of Daily Precipitation Data Over India / Neha Gupta and Sagar Rohidas Chavan 11 Benefit of Time-Varying Models Developed Using Graphical Modeling Approach for Probabilistic Prediction of Monthly Streamflow / Riya Dutta and Rajib Maity 12 Determination of Effective Discharge Responsible for Sediment Transport in Cauvery River Basin / Shobhit Maheshwari and Sagar Rohidas Chavan 13 A Comparative Study of Potential Evapotranspiration in an Agroforestry Region of Western Ghats, India / Pandu Narayana and K. Varija 14 Influence of Air Temperature on Local Precipitation Extremes Across India / Sachidanand Kumar, Kironmala Chanda, and Srinivas Pasupuleti 15 Effect of Spatial and Temporal Land Use-Land Cover Change on the Rainfall Trend: A Case Study in Kerala / Lini R. Chandran and P. G. Jairaj 16 Innovations and Application of Operational Ocean Data Products for Security of Marine Environment / Madhulika Sinha and Shrikant Charhate 17 Statistical Downscaling of Sea Level by Support Vector Machine and Regression Tree Approaches / S. Sithara, S. K. Pramada, and Santosh G. Thampi 18 Assessing the Impacts of Climate Change on Crop Yield in Upper Godavari River Sub-basin Using H08 Hydrological Model / Pushpendra Raghav and T. I. Eldho 19 Evaluation of Time Discretization of Daily Rainfall From the Literature for a Specific Site / R. Harshanth, Saha Dauji, and P. K. Srivastava 20 Quality Checks on Continuous Rainfall Records: A Case Study / R. Harshanth, Saha Dauji, and P. K. Srivastava 21 Assuring Water Intake Sustainability Under Changing Climate / Gaurav Talukdar and Arup Kumar Sarma 22 Characteristics of Gldas Evapotranspiration and Its Response to Climate Variability Across Ganga Basin, India / Lalit Pal, C. S. P. Ojha, and Amit Kumar 23 Seasonal and Inter-Annual Variability of Sea Surface Temperature and Its Correlation with Maximum Sustained Wind Speed in Bay of Bengal / Jiya Albert and Prasad K. Bhaskaran 24 Comparison of CMIP5 Wind Speed from Global Climate Models with In-Situ Observations for the Bay of Bengal / Athira Krishnan and Prasad K. Bhaskaran 25 Trend Analysis of Temperature for Eastern Ganga Canal Command / Radha Krishan, Bhaskar R. Nikam, and Deepak Khare 26 Analysis of Long-Term Rainfall Trends in Rajasthan, India / Darshan Mehta and S. M. Yadav 27 Statistical Downscaling of GCM Output and Simulation of Rainfall Scenarios for Brahmani Basin / Lasyamayee Lopamudra Sahoo and Kanhu Charan Patra 28 Impact of Land Use–Land Cover Changes on the Streamflow of the Kolab River Basin Using SWAT Model / Partha Sarathi Bhunia and Kanhu Charan Patra 29 Statistical Downscaling of Climatic Variables in Indo-Gangatic Alluvial Plain / Prabhakar Shukla and Raj Mohan Singh 30 Comparing Global High-Resolution Precipitation Data with Rain Gauge Data in Assam, India / Pulendra Dutta, Dipsikha Devi, and Arup Kr. Sarma 31 Variability of Rainfall, Temperature and Potential Evapotranspiration at Annual Time Scale Over Tapi to Tadri River Basin, India / Prem Mahyavanshi, V. D. Loliyana, and Priyank J. Sharma 32 Climate Change and Water Resources: Emerging Challenges, Vulnerability and Adaptation in Indian Scenario / Y. Shiva Shankar, Abhishek Kumar, and Devendra Mohan 33 Observed Spatio-Temporal Trends of Precipitation and Temperature Over Afghanistan / S. Rehana, P. Krishna Reddy, N. Sai Bhaskar Reddy, Abdul Raheem Daud, Shoaib Saboory, Shoaib Khaksari, S. K. Tomer, and U. Sowjanya 34 Identification of Historical Shift, Dispersion, and Trend of the Monsoon Season for Guwahati City Using Fuzzy Segmentation and Trend Analyses / Amrutha Suresh and Pekkat Sreeja 35 Analysis of Intensity–Duration– Frequency and Depth–Duration– Frequency Curve Projections Under Climate Variability / Manish Kumar Sinha, Klaus Baier, Rafig Azzam, M. K. Verma, and Ramakar Jha 36 Changes in Monthly Hydro-Climatic Indices for Middle Tapi Basin, India / Priyank J. Sharma, P. L. Patel, and V. Jothiprakash 37 Multiobjective Automatic Calibration of a Physically Based Hydrologic Model Using Multiobjective Self-Adaptive Differential Evolution Algorithm / Saswata Nandi and M. Janga Reddy 38 Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System-Based Yield Forecast Using Climatic Variables / Kalpesh Borse and P. G. Agnihotri 39 Impact of Climate Change on Hydrological Parameters / Arunima Priyadarsini Patnaik and Bandita Naik 40 Morphometric Analysis of Kosi River Basin, Bihar, India Using Remote Sensing and GIS Techniques / Niraj Kumar and Ramakar Jha 41 Simulation of Impact of Climate Change on the Performance of a Reservoir System in Eastern India / Satabdi Saha, Debasri Roy, and Rajib Das 42 Assessing the Impact of Spatial Resolution on Land Surface Model Based on Hydrologic Simulations / Aiendrila Dey and Renji Remesan 43 Infilling Missing Monthly Maximum and Minimum Temperature Dataset by EM Algorithm Followed by Distribution Based Statistical Assessment Using Eight Absolute Homogeneity Tests / P. Kabbilawsh, D. Sathish Kumar, and N. R. Chithra 44 Multisite Monthly to Daily Naturalised Streamflow Disaggregation Using Daily Flow Pattern Hydrograph / Vivek Verma 45 Error Analysis of TMPA Near Real-Time Precipitation Estimates for an Indian Monsoon Region / Ashish Kumar and RAAJ Ramsankaran 46 Comparison of Selection of Predictors for Statistical Downscaling of Precipitation Using Different Statistical Techniques / Kumar Keshav, Vivekanand Singh, and Roshni Thendiyath
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: AWI Bio-23-95302
    Description / Table of Contents: Climate change of anthropogenic origin is affecting Earth’s biodiversity and therefore ecosystems and their services. High latitude ecosystems are even more impacted than the rest of Northern Hemisphere because of the amplified polar warming. Still, it is challenging to predict the dynamics of high latitude ecosystems because of complex interaction between abiotic and biotic components. As the past is the key to the future, the interpretation of past ecological changes to better understand ongoing processes is possible. In the Quaternary, the Pleistocene experienced several glacial and interglacial stages that affected past ecosystems. During the last Glacial, the Pleistocene steppe-tundra was covering most of unglaciated northern hemisphere and disappeared in parallel to the megafauna’s extinction at the transition to the Holocene (~11,700 years ago). The origin of the steppe-tundra decline is not well understood and knowledge on the mechanisms, which caused shifts in past communities and ecosystems, is of high priority as they are likely comparable to those affecting modern ecosystems. Lake or permafrost core sediments can be retrieved to investigate past biodiversity at transitions between glacial and interglacial stages. Siberia and Beringia were the origin of dispersal of the steppe-tundra, which make investigation this area of high priority. Until recently, macrofossils and pollen were the most common approaches. They are designed to reconstruct past composition changes but have limit and biases. Since the end of the 20th century, sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) can also be investigated. My main objectives were, by using sedaDNA approaches to provide scientific evidence of compositional and diversity changes in the Northern Hemisphere ecosystems at the transition between Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages. In this thesis, I provide snapshots of entire ancient ecosystems and describe compositional changes between Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages, and confirm the vegetation composition and the spatial and temporal boundaries of the Pleistocene steppe-tundra. I identify a general loss of plant diversity with extinction events happening in parallel of megafauna’ extinction. I demonstrate how loss of biotic resilience led to the collapse of a previously well-established system and discuss my results in regards to the ongoing climate change. With further work to constrain biases and limits, sedaDNA can be used in parallel or even replace the more established macrofossils and pollen approaches as my results support the robustness and potential of sedaDNA to answer new palaeoecological questions such as plant diversity changes, loss and provide snapshots of entire ancient biota.
    Description / Table of Contents: Der vom Menschen verursachte Klimawandel wirkt sich auf die biologische Vielfalt der Erde und damit auf die Ökosysteme und ihre Leistungen aus. Die Ökosysteme in den hohen Breitengraden sind aufgrund der verstärkten Erwärmung an den Polen noch stärker betroffen als der Rest der nördlichen Hemisphäre. Dennoch ist es schwierig, die Dynamik von Ökosystemen in den hohen Breitengraden vorherzusagen, da die Wechselwirkungen zwischen abiotischen und biotischen Komponenten sehr komplex sind. Da die Vergangenheit der Schlüssel zur Zukunft ist, ist die Interpretation vergangener ökologischer Veränderungen möglich, um laufende Prozesse besser zu verstehen. Im Quartär durchlief das Pleistozän mehrere glaziale und interglaziale Phasen, welche die Ökosysteme der Vergangenheit beeinflussten. Während des letzten Glazials bedeckte die pleistozäne Steppentundra den größten Teil der unvergletscherten nördlichen Hemisphäre und verschwand parallel zum Aussterben der Megafauna am Übergang zum Holozän (vor etwa 11 700 Jahren). Der Ursprung des Rückgangs der Steppentundra ist nicht gut erforscht, und die Kenntnis über die Mechanismen, die zu den Veränderungen in den vergangenen Lebensgemeinschaften und Ökosystemen geführt haben, ist von hoher Priorität, da sie wahrscheinlich mit denen vergleichbar sind, die sich auf moderne Ökosysteme auswirken. Durch die Entnahme von See- oder Permafrostkernsedimenten kann die vergangene Artenvielfalt an den Übergängen zwischen Eis- und Zwischeneiszeiten untersucht werden. Sibirien und Beringia waren der Ursprung der Ausbreitung der Steppentundra, weshalb die Untersuchung dieses Gebiets hohe Priorität hat. Bis vor kurzem waren Makrofossilien und Pollen die gängigsten Methoden. Sie dienen der Rekonstruktion vergangener Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung der Bevölkerung, haben aber ihre Grenzen und Schwächen. Seit Ende des 20. Jahrhunderts kann auch sedimentäre alte DNA (sedaDNA) untersucht werden. Mein Hauptziel war es, durch den Einsatz von sedaDNA-Ansätzen wissenschaftliche Beweise für Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung und Vielfalt der Ökosysteme der nördlichen Hemisphäre am Übergang zwischen den quartären Eiszeiten und Zwischeneiszeiten zu liefern. In dieser Arbeit liefere ich Momentaufnahmen ganzer alter Ökosysteme und beschreibe die Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung zwischen Quartärglazialen und Interglazialen und bestätige die Vegetationszusammensetzung sowie die räumlichen und zeitlichen Grenzen der pleistozänen Steppentundra. Ich stelle einen allgemeinen Verlust der Pflanzenvielfalt fest, wobei das Aussterben der Pflanzen parallel zum Aussterben der Megafauna verlief. Ich zeige auf, wie der Verlust der biotischen Widerstandsfähigkeit zum Zusammenbruch eines zuvor gut etablierten Systems führte, und diskutiere meine Ergebnisse im Hinblick auf den laufenden Klimawandel. Mit weiteren Arbeiten zur Eingrenzung von Verzerrungen und Grenzen kann sedaDNA parallel zu den etablierteren Makrofossilien- und Pollenansätzen verwendet werden oder diese sogar ersetzen, da meine Ergebnisse die Robustheit und das Potenzial von sedaDNA zur Beantwortung neuer paläoökologischer Fragen wie Veränderungen der Pflanzenvielfalt und -verluste belegen und Momentaufnahmen ganzer alter Biota liefern.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: vi, 217 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , TABLE OF CONTENTS Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung 1 General introduction 1.1 A changing world 1.1.1 Global changes of anthropogenic origin 1.1.2 Amplified crisis in the high latitudes 1.2 The past is the key to the future 1.2.1 The Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages 1.2.2 The Beringia study case 1.3 Investigating past biodiversity 1.3.1 Traditional tools 1.3.2 Newest sedaDNA proxies 1.4 Motivation and aims of the thesis 1.5 Structure of the thesis 1.6 Author’s contributions 2 Manuscript I 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Geographical settings 2.3.2 Fieldwork and subsampling 2.3.3 Core splicing and dating 2.3.4 Sediment-geochemical analyses 2.3.5 Pollen analysis 2.3.6 Molecular genetic preparation 2.3.7 Processing of sedaDNA data 2.3.8 Statistical analysis and visualization 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Age model 2.4.2 Sediment-geochemical core composition 2.4.3 Pollen stratigraphy 2.4.4 sedaDNA composition 2.4.5 Comparison between pollen and sedaDNA 2.4.6 Taxa richness investigation 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Proxy validation 2.5.2 Vegetation compositional changes in response to climate inferred from pollen and sedaDNA records 2.5.3 The steppe-tundra of the Late Pleistocene 2.5.4 The disrupted Pleistocene-Holocene transition 2.5.5 The boreal forest of the Holocene 2.5.6 Changes in vegetation richness through the Pleistocene/Holocene transition inferred from the sedaDNA record 2.6 Conclusion Data availability statement Funding References 3 Manuscript II 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Material and Method 3.3.1 Site description and timeframe 3.3.2 Sampling, DNA extraction and PCR 3.3.3 Filtering and cleaning dataset 3.3.4 Identification of taxa – species signal 3.3.5 Resampling 3.3.6 Assessment of the species pool stability 3.3.7 Quantification of extinct and extirpated taxa 3.3.8 Characterisation of species and candidate species 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Changes in the composition and species pool at the Pleistocene - Holocene transition 3.4.2 Decrease in the regional plant species richness between the Pleistocene and the Holocene 3.4.3 Identification of loss taxa events 3.4.4 Characterisation of lost taxa 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Biotic and abiotic changes in the ecosystem - a cocktail for extinction 3.5.2 Identification and quantification of potential plant taxa loss 3.5.3 Characterisation of potential taxa loss 3.5.4 Limits of the method 3.5.5 Conclusions and perspectives Funding References 4 Manuscript III 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Material & Methods 4.3.1 Fieldwork and subsampling 4.3.2 Chronology 4.3.3 Pollen analysis 4.3.4 Isolation of sedimentary ancient DNA 4.3.5 Metabarcoding approach 4.3.6 Shotgun approach 4.3.7 Bioinformatic processing 4.4 Results 4.4.1 General results of the three approaches: pollen, metabarcoding and shotgun sequencing 4.4.2 Plants (Viridiplantae) 4.4.3 Fungi 4.4.4 Mammals (Mammalia) 4.4.5 Birds (Aves) 4.4.6 Insects (Insecta) 4.4.7 Prokaryotes (Bacteria, Archaea) and Viruses 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Interglacial communities 4.5.2 Glacial communities 4.5.3 Potential and limitations of the sedaDNA shotgun approach applied to ancient permafrost sediments 4.6 Conclusions Data availability statement Funding References 5 Synthesis 5.1 Ecological changes between glacial and interglacial stages 5.1.1 Changes in the compositional structure 5.1.2 Loss of plant diversity 5.1.3 Potential drivers of change 5.2 High potential of sedaDNA for past biodiversity reconstruction 5.3 Conclusions and future perspectives Bibliography Appendices Appendix 1: Supplementary material for Manuscript I Appendix 2: Supplementary material for Manuscript II Appendix 3: Supplementary material for Manuscript III Appendix 4: Manuscript IV Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...